LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

Shelf ...C^-C Op 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



THE 



¥^ 



GATE TO O^SAE 



^"^ -^-^-Xv n_ 



\ 



BY 



WILLIAM C. COLLAR, A.M. 

Head Master Roxburt Latin School 



,38 1o9l ^ 



1i^ 

BOSTON, U.S.A. 

GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHEES 

1891 



• ^\ 



o 



^ 



^v 



^v^' 



Copyright, 1891, 
By William C. Collar. 



All Rights Reserved. 



/2- ^/S-Q' 



Typography by J. S. Cushing & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
Prbsswork by Ginn & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 



PREFACE. 



The recent discovery of a work of Aristotle has^ inter- 
ested and delighted the whole learned world; but one may 
venture to say that if, instead, a book had been found 
written in the best period of the Latin language for the 
amusement or instruction of youth, by some Koman De 
Foe, or Goldsmith, or Lamb, or Burnett, there would be ten 
times the reason for rejoicing. Unhappily there is no 
likelihood that we shall ever congratulate ourselves on 
such a "find," for probably no such work ever existed. 
What a misfortune that it did not occur to Cicero to divert 
himself in some leisure hour by writing a story for Koman 
youth ! Millions of boys and girls in these later ages would 
have had good reason to bless his name. Caesar could have 
done it ; but to him, too, the gods denied such an inspiration, 
and we must suffer for it. Seeing that he had composed a 
treatise on Latin Grammar, one almost wonders that a mind 
so original and fertile should not have conceived the idea 
of adapting his Gallic War, or some part of it, to the 
powers and comprehension of youth. What measureless 
gratitude would he not have won from unborn generations 
of schoolmasters, who have now to struggle desperately and 
often unavailingly to make clear to their pupils the meaning 
of his intricate periods, and untwist the strands of his 
knotty syntax ! 



IV PKEFACE. 

Caesar is a difficult author. Some parts of his Gallic War 
are as hard, or nearly as hard, as any prose Latin that has 
come down to us. Yet it has somehow strangely enough 
become the fashion to read that work first in a Latin course. 
My own conviction is that for young learners a year's read- 
ing in easier Latin is not too much before taking up the 
less difficult books of the Gallic War. Even then the 
transition to Caesar comes with something of a shock ; for 
the learner is soon and often brought face to face with 
sentences that seem to him of most bewildering intricacy, 
however they may, as commentators sometimes remark, 
beautifully illustrate most important principles of Latin 
order and construction. There is a sentence in the second 
book, by no means the most difficult one to be found, that 
extends through eighteen lines, — that is, something more 
than half a page, — containing twenty-one distinct ideas, 
and having the verb separated from its subject by ninety- 
four words. 

I know no more disheartening task than that of under- 
taking to carry a class unprepared in age and knowledge 
of the language through Caesar's Gallic War. Yet it is pre- 
cisely this disheartening task that thousands of teachers are 
set to do, or set themselves to do, every year. The results 
are often dismal enough. Teachers are blamed, they blame 
themselves, they blame their pupils. Pupils may sometimes 
be stupid, teachers may lack knowledge of the language 
and the subject, but the fault may also lie wholly with the 
author or with the Latin language itself ; if with the latter, 
there is no help. Latin, it must be confessed, is an exceed- 
ingly difficult language to learn. All the more reason then 
why, in attacking it,, every unnecessary obstacle should be 
removed. We should make our approaches with caution 



PREFACE. V 

and skill ; we should take it, if possible, aperto latere. We 
should not begin with a difficult work ; or if, in the dearth 
of Latin suited to the juvenile mind, this is deemed unavoid- 
able, common sense suggests the query, wJiy not remove 
provisionally^ from the text those more intricate parts that dis- 
courage the learner and bar the ivay of progress? 

Caesar knew how to write his own language well ; but he 
wrote for men, he wrote with compression and in haste, and 
there are passages in his works that are tough reading for a 
good Latin scholar. It is the fashion to praise Caesar's lu- 
cidity ; but brevity and haste are not conducive to lucidity. 

*' Ther nys no werkman, what so ever lie be, 
That may bothe werke wel, and hastily. 
This wol be doon at leyser parfitly." 

For my part I confess that I sometimes find him obscure. 
Moreover, when I am in doubt as to his meaning and appeal 
to the commentators, I find that they generally disagree and 
sometimes quarrel about the sense. Therefore to put young 
learners to reading Caesar as his text stands, bristling with 
difficulties, before they have acquired anything more than a 
meagre vocabulary and gained a modicum of insight by some 
practice in reading easier Latin, is to set them at a task 
harder than that which Pharaoh set the Israelites. 

I am of the opinion that, even when a fair working vocabu- 
lary has been acquired through some previous reading, there 
is no book of the Gallic War that does not require a certain 
degree of simplification to bring it to the level of the powers 
of young boys and girls, It is this conviction born of long 
observation of the vexation of spirit, discouragement, and 
waste of time by pupils in wrestling with difficulties that 

1 It is presumed that the learner will subsequently read the complete text. 




Vi PREFACE. 

inevitably floor them, that has prompted me to put my 
hand to this work, which, slight as it may seem, has cost me 
the leisure of many months. But I shall feel repaid ten- 
fold, if, through this little book, boys and girls are enabled 
to read Caesar with less waste of time, more easily, with 
fresher interest, and added sense of power; if, in other 
words, it proves in reality what it is in name, a Gate to 
Gaesar. 

A few words will be sufficient to explain the principle on 
which I have simplified Caesar's text, the amount of excision, 
and the degree of change. It would have been a compara- 
tively easy task to simplify the text by the mere process 
of omission, never deviating from the ipsissima verba of the 
author by so much as the change of a mode or tense. One 
could do this and still string together the disjecta membra 
of the text into something like a connected narrative. But 
that would be to preserve the integrity of the words at the 
expense of everything else, — inner relation, structure, style, 
spirit. Or the simplification might be effected by a virtual 
rewriting of the text, by amplification rather than suppres- 
sion, coupled with changes in the collocation of words, 
where the arrangement seemed to obscure the meaning and 
perplex the learner. 

My purpose and plan differed essentially from both these 
methods. My aim has been, first, to keep the narrative in- 
tact ; second, to retain as much of the text as was consistent 
with the effort to disburden it of its greater difficulties ; 
third, to make the fewest practicable changes in what was 
retained, these, I believe, being almost entirely limited to 
modification of verb forms with the necessary concomitant 
alterations ; fourth, very rarely to change the position of a 
word; finally, never to insert a word, except occasionally 



PREFACE. Vll 

to supply a form plainly understood, or to introduce some 
connective, like et, turn, itaque, autem. 

As to the amount of excision, I find that I have omitted 
almost exactly one-fifth of Csesar's text. 

If the beginner in Csesar reads the simplified text and 
concurrently turns the Exercises into Latin, laying firm 
hold of the grammatical principles selected for illustration, 
I believe he will find the remaining difficulties of the origi- 
nal text not beyond his scope. I should even hope that 
he would then read with something of the joy of conscious 
power. If the reading of the texts and the writing of the 
Exercises should require more time than is usually spent 
on the second book of Csesar, which, however, I doubt, I 
believe subsequent progress would still be rapid and satis- 
factory enough to amount to a net gain and saving of time. 

It has seemed best to mark long vowels, ex<}ept the 
vowels of final syllables and of monosyllables, the rules for 
which can be readily learned. I have, however, marked a 
few monosyllables, as a constant reminder to teachers who 
find their old pronunciation clinging to certain words. We 
used to say his, sic, non, quin, hoc. These words, therefore, 
I have marked. On the other hand, one is in no danger of 
saying de, hi, si, pro, for old habit would not mislead. 

I take pleasure in acknowledging my obligations to Mr. 

Alfred G. Eolfe for several useful criticisms, and to Miss 

Caroline Ober Stone for carefully reading the proof-sheets 

as far as the vocabularies. To Mr. Clarence W. Gleason I 

am specially indebted. But for his timely and generous aid, 

both in the correction of the proof and in the preparation 

of the vocabularies, the publication of this book must have 

been very considerably delayed. 

WILLIAM C. COLLAR. 

Seaconnet, July 25, 1891. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Introductory Note x 

I Simplified Text 1-22 

I 

I Complete Text 23-41 

I Notes on Both Texts. 43-71 

Exercises on Simplified Text 72-87 

Vocabulary 89-123 

I Etymological Vocabulary 125-141 

I 

ix 




NOTE ON THE USE OF THE BOOK. 



The Simplified Text and the Exercises based upon it are of the 
first importance. The viva voce translation of the Exercises, followed 
by the writing of them, will illustrate and help to implant in the 
memory the most important principles of syntax met with in the text. 
Let the teacher insist upon thorough work here, and he may safely 
omit other syntactical instruction. 

But little power of reading Latin can be gained without making 
the acquisition of a working vocabulary a distinct object. The Latin 
synonyms and the Etymological Vocabulary may be made useful 
agents to that end. If the words added to each chapter are read 
aloud, reviewed, and compared where backward references are made, 
the learner will acquire a useful stock of synonyms easily, naturally, 
and with small expenditure of time. 

It is often easier to retain in mind a number of words, grouped 
according to some principle of similarity or contrast, than a single 
word with nothing to hook it to the memory. For this reason it is 
recommended that the Etymological Vocabulary be often pressed into 
the service. Suppose, for example, the word conspectus occurs in the 
lesson. If the teacher will turn to page 138 and have the ten words 
read out under the root SPEC, he will multiply several times the 
chances that this particular word will be remembered on its next 
occurrence. He will have done much more. He will have increased 
the chances that nine other words will be lodged in the memory ; and 
to each one a fresh interest will be added by its being seen in relation, 
not as an isolated, and therefore barren, fact. 

The first vocabulary may be used for comparing in the text the 
different meanings and uses of the same word. It is through such 
comparisons that one gets at the heart and spirit of the language, 
while cultivating at the same time a mental habit of great value. 

Having read the Simplified Text, the learner should be well equipped 
for wrestling with the difficulties that remain in the unchanged text, 
for he is already familiar with the thought and the language. Com- 
parison of the two texts by the teacher, so far as time permits, may 
now be made to illustrate important principles, as of indirect discourse, 
which are here and there discussed in the notes. 



C^SAE'S GALLIC WAR 
Book IL 

B.C. 57 ; A.U.C. 697. 

THE BELGIAN LEAGUE DEFEATED. 
Simplified Text. 

The Belgce form a league against the Romans. 

1, Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia, crebri ad eum 
rumores adf ere bant ur. Litteris item Labieni certior fie- 
bat omnes Belgas contra populum Eomanum coniurare 
obsidesque inter se dare. Coniurandi hae erant causae : 
primum verebantur ne ad se exercitus noster adducere- 
tur; deinde ab nonnuUis Gallis sollicitabantur. Hi Ger- 
manos diutius in Gallia versari noluerant et populi Eomani 
exercitum hiemare atque inveterascere in Gallia moleste 
ferebant. ]^onnulli mobilitate et levitate animi no vis 
imperils studebant. Ab nonnullis etiam sollicitabantur, 
quod in Gallia a potentioribus atque iis qui ad condu- 
cendos homines facultates habebant, vulgo regna occupa- 
bantur ; qui minus facile eam rem imperio nostro consequi 
poterant. 

QTehemr, freqiiens. versor: maneo^ sum, 

vereor, timeo. moleste, graviter. 

deinde, turn. studeo, cupio. 

1 




C^SAU S GALLIC WAR 



Ccesar levies two legions and marches against them. 

2. His nuntiis litterisque coramotus est Caesar. Duas 
legiones in citeriore Gallia novas conscrTpsit. In inte- 
riorem Galliam qui has legiones deduceret Q. Pedium 
legatum misit. Ipse, cum primum pabuli c5pia esse 

5 inciperet, ad exercitum venit. Senones finitimi Belgis 
erant. Ea quae apud Belgas geruntur cognoscunt Caesa- 
remque de his rebus certiorem faciunt. Hi constanter 
omnes nuntiaverunt manus cogi, exercitum in unum locum 
conduci. Tum vero non dubitavit Caesar quin ad eos 

lo proficisceretur. Itaque castra movet diebusque circiter 
quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. 

nantius, rumor. cogo, conligo. 

finitimus : vicimis, propinquus. condaco, conligo. 

gero: ago, facio. pervenio, accedo. 

The Semi at once shoiv the white feather. 

3. Eo de improviso celeriterque venit Caesar. Eemi 
ad eum legates Iccium et Andocumborium miserunt, qui 
dixerunt se omnia in fidem atque in potestatem populi 
Eomani permittere. "Eemi neque cum Belgis reliquis 

S consenserunt neque contra populum Eomanum coniura- 
verunt. Parati sunt obsides dare et Caesaris imperata 
facere et eum oppidis recipere et f rumento ceterTsque rebus 
iuvare. Eeliqui omnes Belgae in armis sunt. Germani, 
qui cis Ehenum incolunt, sese cum his coniunxerunt. 

lo Tantus est eorum omnium furor ut ne Suessiones quidem 
deterrere possint Eemi. Suessiones fratres Eemorum con- 
sanguineique sunt eodemque itire et Tsdem legibus utuntur. 
IJnum imperium unumque magistratum cum iis habent.'^ 

de improviso : siibito, repente. consentlo : coniuro, me coniungo, 

permitto, dedo. deterreo, dissuddeo. 



BOOK II. 6 

Coesar learns the number of the enemy's forces. 

4t. Cum ab his quaereret quae civitates quantaeque in 
armis essent et quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat : 
plerique Belgae sunt orti ab Germanis Rhenumque an- 
tiquitus traducti ibi consederunt, Gallosque qui ea loca 
incolebant expulerunt. Soli fuerunt qui Teutonos Cim- 5 
brosque intra fines suos ingredi prohibuerunt. Qua ex 
re llebat ut magnam sibi auctoritatem magnosque spiritus 
in re militari sumerent. De numero eorum omnia se 
habere explorata Eemi dicebant. Quantam quisque mul- 
titudinem in communi Belgarum concilio ad id bellum pol- lo 
licitus esset cognoverant. Plurimum inter eos Bellovaci 
et virtute et auctoritate et hominum numero valebant. 
Hi poterant c5nficere armata milia centum ; polliciti sunt 
ex eo numero electa sexaginta totiusque belli imperium 
sibi postulabant. Suessiones Remorum erant fmitimi; 15 
latissimos feracissimosque agros possidebant. Apud eos 
fuit rex nostra etiam memoria Divitiacus, totius Galliae 
potentissimus^ qui cum magnae partis harum regionum 
tum etiam Britanniae imperium obtinuit. Nunc erat rex 
Galba; ad hunc propter iustitiam prudentiamque suam 20 
belli summa delata est. 

quaero, interrogo. explore, cognosco, 

reperio, cognosco. valeo, possum. 

orior, ndscor. conficio, comparo. 

consido, me colloco. ferax, /er^zVzs. 

spiritus : adrogantia^ animi. summa : cura^ imperium. 

He takes hostages from the Bemi and crosses the Axona, 

5. Caesar omnem senatum ad se convenire principum- 
que liberos obsides ad se adduci itissit. Quae omnia ab his 
diligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitiacum Aeduum 



4 C^SAH S GALLIC WAR 

magno opere cohortatus est. Eei publicae interest maniis 
5 hostiiim distineri, ue cum tanta multitudine uno tempore 
confligendiim sit. Id fieri potest, si snas copias Aedui 
in fines Bellovacorum introduxerint et eorum agros popu- 
lari coeperint. His mandatis eum ab se dimittit. Postea 
Caesar omnes Belgarum copias in unum locum coactas 

lo ad se venire vidit neque iam longe abesse. Hoc ab iis 
quos miserat exploratoribus et ab Eemis cognovit. Tum 
fiumen Axonam exercitum traducere maturavit atque ibi 
castra posuit. Quae res latus unum castrorum ripis flu- 
minis muniebat et post eum quae essent tuta ab hostibus 

15 reddebat. Commeatus etiam ab Eemis reliqulsque civi- 
tatibus sine periculo portari poterant. In eo flumine pons 
erat. Ibi praesidium ponit et in altera parte fluminis 
Q. Titurium Sabinum legatum cum sex cohortibus reli- 
quit ; castra in altitudinem pedum xii vallo fossaque 

20 duodeviginti pedum munire iubet. 

iubeo, impero. populor, msto. 

magno opere, vehementer. cogo, conduco, 2. 

interest, pertinet. cognosco, reperio^ 4. 

distlneo, dlvido. maturo, propero. 

confligo : pugnOy dimico. commeatus, cibus. 

How the Belgce lay siege to a town, 

6. Ab his castris oppidum Kemorum nomine Bibrax 
aberat milia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu 
Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Aegre eo die sustentatum 
est. Gallorum eadem atque Belgarum oppugnatio est 
5 haec. Circumiecta multitudine hominum totis moenibus 
undique in murum lapides iaciunt. Ubi murus defensori- 
bus nudatus est, testudine facta portas succedunt murum- 
que subruunt. Quod tum facile f lebat. Nam cum tanta 



BOOK II. O 

multitudo lapides ac tela conicerent, in muro consistendi 
potestas erat nuUi. Postremo fmem oppugnandi nox lo 
fecit. Turn Iccius Eemus, qui oppido praefuerat, nun- 
tium ad Caesarem mittit: nisi subsidium sibi submit- 
tatur, sese diutius sustinere non posse. 

totus, omnis. subra.o, suffodio. 

undique, ex omni parte. consisto, sto, 

ubi, cum. praesuni, praefectus sum. 

nudo, prlvo. subsidium, auxilium. 

succedo : accedOj subeo. sustineo, sustento. 

They abandon the siege and turn against Ccesar, 

7. Eo de media nocte Caesar ISTumidas et Gretas sagit- 
tarios et funditores Baleares subsidio oppidanis mittit; 
quorum adventu hostibus spes potiundi oppidi discessit. 
Itaque paulisper apud oppidum morati agrosque Eemo- 
rum depopulati ad castra Caesaris omnibus copiis con- 5 
tenderunt et ab milibus passuum minus duobus castra 
posuerunt ; quae castra, ut ftimo atque Tgnibus signifi- 
cabatur, amplius milibus passuum octo in latittidinem 
patebant. 

subsidium, auxilium^ 6. moror, cunctor. 

potior, occupo. depopulor, vdsto. 

discedo, abeo. contendo, mdturo, 5. 

paulisper, 7idn diu. pateo, pertineo. 

Coescm* awaits the attack of the enemy, 

8. Caesar primo propter multitudinem hostium et 
propter eximiam opmionem virtutis proelio supersedere 
statuit; cotidie tamen quid hostis virtute posset et quid 
nostri auderent periclitabatur. Locus erat pro castris ad 
aciem mstruendam nattira opporttinus atque idoneus. Is 5 
autem coUis, ubi castra posita erant, paululum ex planitie 



6 c^sak's gallic war 

editus tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat quantum 
loci acies instructa occupare poterat. Atque ex utraque 
parte lateris deiectus habebat, et in frontem leniter fasti- 

lo gatus paulatim ad planitiem redibat. Ab utroque latere 
eius collis transversam f ossam obduxit circiter passuum 
quadringentorum et ad extremas fossas castella constituit 
ibique tormenta conlocavit, ne hostes ab lateribus pug- 
nantes suos circumvenire possent. Hoc facto duabus 

15 legionibus quas proxime conscripserat in castris relictis, 
reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie constituit. Hostes 
item suas copias ex castris eductas mstruxerant. 

eximius : excellens, egregiiis, idoneus : apt^is, commodus. 

opinio, fdma. deiectus, declwitas, 

supersedeo, ahstineo. fastigatus, adclivis. 

periclitor : tento, experior, conloco, pono. 

Finally the enemy make a dash to cross the Axona. 

9. Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque hostium 
exercitum. Hanc si nostri transirent hostes exspecta- 
bant. Interim proelio equestri inter duas acies con- 
tendebatur. Ubi neutri transeundae eius paludis initium 
5 faciunt, secundiore equitum proelio nostris Caesar suos 
in castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex eo loco ad flumen 
Axonam contenderunt, quod esse post nostra castra 
demdnstratum est. Partem suarum cdpiarum traducere 
conati sunt, ut castellum cui praeerat Q. Titurius legatus 
10 expugnarent pontemque interscinderent ; si minus potu- 
issent, ut agros Eemorum popularentur commeatuque 
nostros proliiberent. 

initium, principium. contendo, mdturo, 7. 

secundus, prosperus. praesum, praefectus swm, 6. 

protinus : statim^ extemplo^ interscindo, ahrumpo, 

repente, subito, commeatus, cibus, 5. 



BOOK II. 7 

A battle follows, the Belgce are defeated and disperse. 

10. Caesar omnem equitatum et levis armaturae Nu- 
midas, funditores sagittariosque pontem traducit atque 
ad eos contendit. Acriter in eo loco pugnatum est. Hos- 
tes impeditos nostri in flumine adgressi magnum e5rum 
numerum occiderunt. Primos qui transierant equitatu 5 
circumventos interfecerunt. Hostes, ubi de expugnando 
oppido spem se fefellisse mtellexerunt neque nostros in 
locum iniquiorem progredi viderunt atque ipsos res fru- 
mentaria deficere coepit^ concilium convocaverunt. Con- 
stituerunt optimum esse domum suam quemque reverti. lo 
Constituerunt etiam ut quorum in fines primum Eomani 
exercitum introduxissent ad eos defendendos undique 
convenirent. Quod eo consilio fecerunt, ut potius in suis 
quam in alienis finibus decertarent. Ad eam sententiam 
haec ratio eos deduxit, quod Divitiacum atque Aeduos 15 
finibus Bellovacorum adpropinquare cognoverant. His 
persuaderi ut diutius morarentur non poterat. 

armatara, arma. constituo, statuo. 

acriter, vehementer, reverter, redeo. 

adgredior: adorior. decerto : pugno, dimico, 

occido, concido. sententia, cdnsilium, 

progredior: procedo, prodeo, moror, cunctor, 7. 

TJiey are pursued imth awful slaughter. 

11. Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum stre- 
pitu ac tumultu castris egressi, nullo certo ordine neque 
imperio^ fecerunt ut consimilis fugae profectio videretur. 
Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores cognita insidias 
veritus exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. Prima 5 
luce omnem equitatum qui novissimum agmen moraretur 



8 CiESAR S GALLIC WAR 

praemlsit. T. Labienum legatuin cum legionibus tribus 
subsequi iussit. Hi novissimos adorti et multa milia 
passuum prosecuti magnam multitudinem eorum fugien- 
lo tium conclderunt. li ad quos ventum erat consistebant 
f ortiterque impetum nostrorum sustinebant ; sed priores, 
quod abesse a periculo videbantur, exaudito clamore per- 
turbatis ordinibus omnes in fuga sibi praesidium pone- 
bant. Ita sine ullo periculo magnam eorum multitudinem 
15 nostri interf ecerunt sub occasumque solis destiterunt seque 
in castra, ut erat imperatum, receperunt. 

constituo, statuo, 10. subsequor : proseqiior, insequor. 

strepitus : clamor, fremitus, adorior, adgredior^ 10. 

conslmilis, persimilis. concido, occido, 10. 

vereor, timeo, 1. consisto, sto, 6. 

inoror, cunctor^ 7. sustineo, sustento, 6. 

A forced march and attack on Noviodunum, The town 
surrenders, 

12. Postridie eius diei Caesar in fines Suessionum 
exercitum duxit et magno itinere confecto ad oppidum 
Noviodunum contendit. Id ex itinere oppugnare conatus, 
quod vacuum ab defensoribus esse audiebat, expugnare 
5 non potuit. Interim omnis ex fuga Suessionum multi- 
ttido in oppidum proxima nocte convenit. Celeriter vineis 
ad oppidum actis, aggere iacto turribusque constittitis, 
magnitudine operum et celeritate Eomanorum permoti 
sunt Suessiones. Itaque legatos ad Caesarem de dedi- 
10 tione mittunt et petentibus Eemis ut conservarentur im- 
petrant. 

conficio, perficio, ago : pello^ duco, traho. 

contendo, propero. permoveo, commoveo. 

vacuus: carens, nudus, deditio, trdditio. 

interim, inter ea. impetro, consequor. 



BOOK II. 9 

The Bellovaci also submit at Ccesar^s approach, 

13« Caesar obsidibtis acceptis armisqiie omDibus ex 
oppido traditis in deditionem Suessiones accepit exer- 
citumque in Bellovacos duxit. Qui cum se suaque omnia 
in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent, atque ab eo 
oppido Caesar cum exercitu circiter milia passuum quin- 5 
que abesset, omnes maiores natu ex oppido egressi manus 
ad Caesarem tendere et voce significare coeperunt sese in 
eius fidem ac potestatem venire. Item, cum ad oppidum 
accessisset, pueri mulieresque ex muro passis manibus 
suo more pacem ab E/omanis petierunt. lo 

trado : do^ dedo. pueri, liberi. 

me confero : me recipio, eo, pando, tendo, 

egredior, exeo. mos, consuetudo. 

coepi, incepi. peto, oro. 

Divitiacus pleads earnestly for the Bellovaci, 

14. Pro his Divitiacus tacit verba: '^Bellovaci omni 
tempore in fide atque amicitia civitatis Aeduae fuerunt : 
impulsi a suis principibus, qui dicebant Aeduos omnes 
indignitates contumeliasque perferre, ab Aeduis defece- 
runt et populo Romano bellum intulerunt. li qui eius 5 
consili principes fuerunt in Britanniam profugerunt. 
Petunt non solum Bellovaci sed etiam pro his Aedui ut 
tua dementia ac mansuetudine in eos utaris. Quod si 
feceris, Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas am- 
plificabis, quorum auxiliis atque opibus, si qua bella 10 
incidunt, sustentare consuerunt." 

impello : incito^ induco, auctoritas, gratia. 

contumelia, iniuria. amplifico, augeo. 

deficio : desero. sustento, sustineo, 6. 

mansuetado, lenitas, coasuesco, soleo. 



10 Cesar's gallic war 

The temperance, courage, and patriotism of the Nervii. 

15. Caesar honoris Divitiaci atque Aeduorum causa 
sese eos in fidem recepturum et conservaturum dixit ; 
quod erat civitas magna inter Belgas auctoritate, sexcen- 
tos obsides poposcit. His traditis omnibusque armis 

5 ex oppido conlatis, ab eo loco in fines Ambianorum per- 
venit. E5rum lines Nervii attingebant; quorum de 
natura moribusque Caesar cum quaereret, sic reperiebat : 
Nullus aditus erat ad eos mercatdribus ; nihil patie- 
bantur vini reliquarumque rerum inferri, quod iis rebus 
lo relanguescere animos et remitti virtutem exlstimabant : 
erant homines f eri magnaeque virtutis ; increpitabant 
atque incusabant reliquos Belgas, qui se populo Eomano 
dedidissent. 

auctoritas, gratia^ 14. patior, sino. 

posco, impero. relanguesco, effeminor. 

confero, cogo^ 2. remitto, minuo, 

attingo, contingo. incuso, accuso. 

aditus, accessus, dedo, permitto. 

Encamped on the Sabis the Nervii await the coming 
of Ccesar. 

16. Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, in- 
veniebat ex captivis Sabim flumen ab castris suis non 
amplius milia passuum x abesse. Trans id flumen omnes 
Nervii consederant adventumque ibi Romanorum exspec- 

5 tabant. Exspectabantur etiam ab his Aduatucorum copiae 
atque erant in itinere. Mulieres quique per aetatem ad 
pugnam intitiles viderentur in eum locum coniecerantj 
quo propter paludes exercitui aditus non esset. 

consido, me colloco, 4. conicio, depono, aditus, 15. 



BOOK II. 11 

They plan to attack Ccesar^s advance guard. 

17. His rebus cognitis exploratores centurionesque 
praemittit qui locum idoneum castris deligaut. Cum ex 
dediticiis Belgis reliquisque Gallis complures Caesarem 
secuti una iter facerent, quidam ex his nocte ad Nervios 
pervenerunt. His demonstrarunt inter singulas legiones 5 
impedimentorum magnum numerum intercedere, neque 
esse quicquam negoti, cum prima legio in castra venisset, 
hanc sub sarcinis adoriri ; qua pulsa futurum ut reliquae 
legiones contra consistere non auderent. Nervii autem 
antiquitus, quo facilius finitimorum equitatum impedi- lo 
rent^ teneris arboribus incisis atque inflexis, crebrisque 

in latittidinem ramis enatis, et rubis sentibusque inter- 
iectis, effecerant ut instar muri hae saepes munimenta 
praeberent, quo non modo non intrari sed ne perspici 
quidem posset. His rebus cum iter agminis nostri im- 15 
pediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium Nervii existi- 
maverunt. 

idoneus : aptus, commodus, 8. consisto, sto, 6. 

deligo, eligo. incido, accido. 

intercedo, intervenio. instar : forma, similitudo, 

sarcinae: impedimenta, onera. omitto, neglego. 

adorior, adgredior, 11. existimo, ^w^o. 

The Roman camping-ground and the position of the 
enemy, 

18. Loci natura erat haec, quem locum nostri castris 
delegerant. Collis ab summo aequaliter declivis ad flumen 
Sabim, quod supra nominavimus, vergebat. Ab eo flu- 
mine pari adclTvitate collis nascebatur, ab superiore parte 
silvestris ut n5n facile introrsus perspici posset. Intra s 
eas silvas hostes in occulto sese continebant ; in aperto 



12 Cesar's gallic war 

loco " secundum flumen paucae stationes equitum vide- 
bantur. Fluminis erat altitudo pedum circiter trium. 

summum, culmen. introrsus, intra. 

declivis, proclivis. in occulto, abditus, 

vergo, pertineo. static, custodia. 

nascor, orior, 4. circiter, ad. 

The plan of attack is skilfully earned out by the Nervii, 

19. Caesar equitatu praemisso subsequebatur omni- 
bus copiis. Sed quod ad hostes adpropinquabat, consue- 
tudine sua sex legiones expeditas ducebat; post eas 
totius exercitus impedimenta conlocarat ; inde duae legi- 
5 ones, quae proxime conscriptae erant, totum agmen clau- 
debant praesidioque impedimentis erant. Equites nostri, 
cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen transgress!, cum 
h ostium equitatu proelium commiserunt. Illi se identi- 
dem in silvas ad suos recipiebant ac rursus ex silva in 
lo nostros impetum faciebant. Interim legiones sex, quae 
prlmae venerant, opere dimenso castra munire coeperunt. 
Ubi prima impedimenta nostri exercitus ab iis qui in 
silvis abditi latebant visa sunt, subito omnibus copiis 
provolaverunt impetumque in nostros equites fecerunt. 
15 His facile pulsis ac proturbatis, incredibili celeritate ad 
flumen decucurrerunt, ut paene uno tempore ad silvas et 
in flumine et iam in manibus nostris hostes viderentur. 
Eadem autem celeritate adverso coUe ad nostra castra 
atque eos qui in opere occupati erant contenderunt. 

subsequor, j^rosegwor, 11. dimetior, me^ior. 

conloco, pono^ 8. lateo, me celo. 

trail sgredior, trdnseo. provolo, proruo. 

identidem, iterwn atque iteriim. nvotwvho, fug o. 

rursus, iterum. paene, fere. 

interim, interea, 12. contendo, propero, 7. 



BOOK II. 13 

But the soldiers and lieutenants know what to do. 

20. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda: vexillum 
prop5nendum, sTgnum tuba dandum, ab opere revocandi i 
milites, acies instruenda, milites cohortandi, signum dan- 
dum. Quarum rerum magnam partem temporis brevi- 
tas et successus hostium impediebat. Sed erat subsidio s 
scientia atque usus mllitnm, quod superioribus proeliis 
exercitati, non minus commode ipsi sibi praescribere 
quam ab aliis doceri poterant. Praeterea ab opere sin- 
gulisque legionibus singulos legatos Caesar discedere 
vetuerat. Hi propter propinquitatem et celeritatem lo 
hostium nihil iam Caesaris imperium exspectabant, sed 
per se quae videbantur administrabant. 

propono, os^6?2f?o. commode: apte, bene. 

successus, accessiis, 15. praescribo, praecipio. 

subsidium, auxiUum, 6. veto, prohibeo. 

usus, experientia. propinquitas, vicinitas, 

exercitatus, J9m^?/s. administro : provideo, ago. 

Fighting begins before the soldiers can arm themselves, 

21. Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis ad cohortandos 
milites decucurrit et ad legionem decimam devenit. 
Milites non longiore oratione cohortatus quam uti suae 
pristinae virtutis memoriam retinerent neu perturba- 
rentur animo hostiumque impetum fortiter sustinerent, 5 
quod non longe hostes aberant, proeli committendi slg- 
niim dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi 
causa profectus pugnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta 
fuit exiguitas hostiumque tam paratus ad dimicandum 
animus, ut non modo ad Insignia adcommodanda, sed lo 
etiam ad galeas induendas scutisque tegimenta detrudenda 
tempus defuerit. Quam in partem quisque ab opere casu 



14 Cesar's gallic war 

devenit'quaeque prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit, 
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret. 

devenio, pervenio, adcommodo, apto. 

pristinus : vetus, antiquus. induo, induco. 

perturbo, commoveo, 12. detrudo, detraho, 

sustineo, siistento, 6. casu, forte. 

occurro, incido. conspicio, conspicor, 

exiguitas, brevitas. dimitto, dmitto. 

All is confusion in the battle; the commander can do little, 

22. Instructo exercitu magis ut loci natura deiectus- 
que collis et necessitas temporis quam ut rei militaris 
ratio atque ordo postulabat, fiebat ut aliae legiories alia 
in parte hostibus resisterent ; saepibus autem densissimis, 

5 ut ante demonstravimus, interiectis prospectus impedie- 
latur, ut neque certa subsidia conlocari, neque ab uno 
omnia imperia administrari possent. Itaque in tanta 
rerum inlquitate, fortunae quoque eventus varii seque- 
bantur. 

deiectus, dedivitas, 8. administro, ago, 20. 

ratio, scientia. iniquitas, varietas. 

intericio, interpono. eventus, casus. 

The battle seems to be going against Ccesar. 

23. Legionis nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra 
parte acie constiterant, Atrebates cursu ac lassitudine 
exanimatos vulneribusque confectos celeriter ex loco 
superiore in flumen compulerunt. Tum eos transire 

5 conantes insecuti, gladiis magnam partem eorum inter- 
fecerunt. Ipsi transire flumen non dubitaverunt et in 
locum iniquum prdgressi, hostes redintegrato proelio in 
fugam coniecerunt. Item alia in parte diversae duae 
legiones, undecima et octava; ex loco superiore in ipsis 



BOOK II. 15 

flfiminis ripis proeliabantur. At totis fere a frdnte et lo 
ab sinistra parte nudatis castris, omnes Nervii confer- 
tissimo agmine, duce Bodnognato, qui summam imperi 
tenebat, ad eum locum contenderunt ; quorum pars aperto 
latere legiones circumvemre, pars summum castrorum 
locum petere coepit. ^5 

lassitado, defatigdtio, confertus, densus, 

confectus, defessus. sumnia, cura^ 4. 

compello, ago. contendo, propero, 12. 

redintegro, renovo. peto, accurro. 

It is beginning to look very dark for the Romans. 

24:« Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae 
pedites, qui cum iis una fuerant^ cum se in castra recipe- 
rent, liostibus occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem 
fugam petebant; et calones, praedandi causa egressi, 
cum respexissent et bostes in nostris castris versari 5 
vidissent, praecipites fugae sese mandabant. Simul 
eorum qui cum impedimentis veniebant clamor fremi- 
tusque oriebatur, aliique aliam in partem perterriti fere- 
bantur. Quibus omnibus rebus permoti sunt equites 
Treveri, qui auxili causa ab civitate ad Caesarem missi 10 
venerant. Ergo cum multitudine hostium castra com- 
pleri, legiones premi et paene circumventas teneri, calo- 
nes, equites, funditores in omnes partes fugere vidissent, 
desperatis nostris rebus, domum contenderunt atque Eo- 
manos pulsos superatosque civitati renuntiaverunt. 15 

armatura, arma, 10. fremitus, strepitus^ 11, 

me reclpio, me confero, 13. orior, ndscor, 4. 

occurro, incido, 21. premo, urgeo. 

egredior, exeo, 13. paene, fere, 19. 

versor, siim ocmipdtiis, 1. pello : fugo, proturbo, 19. 

mando, commendo. supero, vinco. 



16 cjesar's gallic wak 

Will Ccesar^s coolness and courage save his army ? 

25. Caesar ab decimae legionis cohort atione ad dex- 
trum corDU profectus suos urgeri et duodecimae legionis 
confertos milites sibi ipsos ad pugiiam esse impedimento 
vldit. Quartae cohortis omnes centuriones occisi sunt 

S et, signifero interfecto, signum est amissum. Eeliqua- 
rum cohortium omnes fere centuriones aut vulnerati aut 
occisi sunt, in Ms primipilus P. Sextius Baculus, fortis- 
simus vir, multis gravibusque vulneribus confectus ut iam 
se sustinere non posset. His rebus reliquos esse tardiores 
lo Vldit Caesar et nonnullos deserto proelio excedere ac tela 
vitare; hostes autem neque a fronte ex mferiore loco 
subeuntes intermittere et ab utroque latere instare, et 
rem esse in angusto, neque ullum esse subsidium quod 
submitti posset. Tum vero scuto uni militi detracto, 
15 quod ipse eo sine scuto venerat, in primam aciem pro- 
cessit, centurionibusque nominatim appellatis, reliquos 
cohortatus milites signa inferre et manipulos laxare iussit, 
quo facilius gladiis uti possent. Cuius adventu spe inlata 
mllitibus ac redintegrato animo paulum hostium impetus 
20 tardatus est. 

urgeo, premo, 24. subeo, succedo. 

confertus, densus, 23. intermitto ; desino, desisto, 

sTgnif er, aquilifer. iiisto : iirgeo, premo, 24:. 

amitto, dhnitto, 21. detraho, rapio. 

fere, paene, 19. laxo, aperio. 

confectus, defessus, 23. infero (2) : do, adfero. 

excedo, exeo. redintegro, renovo, 23. 

A shifting scene. Pull Romans, pull Nervii! 

26. Caesar cum septimam legionem, quae iuxta con- 
stiterat, item urgeri ab hoste vTdisset, tribunos militum 
monuit ut paulatim sese legiones coniungerent. Quo 



BOOK II. 17 

facto, cum alius alii subsidium ferret, audacius resistere 
ac fortius pugnare coeperuut. Interim milites legionum 5 
duarum, quae in novissimo agmine praesidio impedimen- 
tis fuerant, proelio nuntiato cursu incitato in summo colle 
ab hostibus conspiciebantur ; et T. Labienus castris hos- 
tium potitus decimam legionem subsidio nostris misit. 
Qui cum quo in loco res esset, quantoque in periculo cas- lo 
tra et legiones et imperator versaretur, cognovissent, 
nihil ad celeritatem sibi reliqui fecerunt. 

iaxta, prope. paulatim, graddtim. potior, occupo, 7. 
consisto, 6. interim, interea^ 12. versor, sum^ 1. 
urgeo, 25. conspicio, video. cognosco, reperio, 4. 

In the fierce wrestle the brave Nervii go under, 
27. Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio est facta 
ut nostri, etiam qui vulneribus confecti procubuissent, 
proelium redintegrarent ; equites vero, ut turpitudinem 
fugae virtute delerent, omnibus in locis pugnae se legio- 
nariis militibus praeferrent. At hostes etiam in extrema 5 
spe salutis maximam virtutem praestiterunt ; nam cum 
primi eorum cecidissent, proximi iacentibus comitibus 
insistebant atque ex eorum corporibus pugnabant ; his 
deiectis et coacervatis cadaveribus, ceteri ut ex tumulo 
tela in nostros coniciebant et pila intercepta remittebant : lo 
ut iudicari deberet non nequlquam tantae virtutis homi- 
nes ausos esse transTre latissimum flumen, ascendere altis- 
simas ripas, subire iniquissimum locum ; quae facilia ex 
difficillimis animi magnitudo redegerat. 

procumbo, procido. iaceo, procumbo. 

tiirpitudo : ignominia, infdmia. coacervo : congerOy cogo. 

deleo, eocstingiio. cadaver, corpus. 

extreiTiiis, ultimus. nequTquam, frustra. 

praesto : praeheo^ ostento. redigo, facio. 



18 c^sak's gallic war 

Why slay the poor remnant ? Let them live, 

28. Hoc proelio facto et prope ad iuternecionem gente 
ac nomine JSTerviorum redacto, maiores natu, quos una 
cum pueris mulieribusque in paludes coniectos dixeramus, 
cdnsensu omnium qui supererant legatos ad Caesarem 

5 miserunt seque ei dediderunt. Postea in commemoranda 
civitatis calamitate, ex sexcentis ad tres senatores, ex 
hominum milibus lx vix ad quingentos qui arma ferre 
possent, sese redactos esse dixerunt. Qu5s Caesar ut in 
miseros ac supplices usus misericordia videretur, dili- 

lo gentissime conservavit suisque finibus atque oppidis uti 
iussit et finitimis imperavit ut ab iniuria et malelicio se 
suosque prohiberent. 

prope, paene^ 19. conicio, depono, 16. 

interneclo, interitus. dedo, permiUo, 15. 

redigo, rediico. commeinoro, ndrro. 

pueri, liberi, 13. finitimus, viclnus, 2. 

The Aduatuci prepare to make a desperate resistance, 

29. Aduatuci, qui cum omnibus copiis auxilio Nerviis 
veniebant, hac pugna nuntiata ex itinere domum reverte- 
runt ; cunctis oppidis castellisque desertis sua omnia in 
unum oppidum egregie natura munitum contulerunt. 

5 Quod ex omnibus in circuitu partibus altissimas rupes 
despectusque habebat, sed una ex parte leniter adclivis 
aditus relinquebatur; quem locum duplici altissirao muro 
munierant; tum magni ponderis saxa et praeacutas trabes 
in muro conlocabant. Ipsi erant ex Cimbris Teutonisque 
lo prognati^ qui, cum iter in provinciam nostram atque 
Italiam facerent^ custodiam ex suis ac praesidium sex 
milia hominum rellquerunt. Hi post eorum obitum 



BOOK II. 19 

multos annos a finitimis exagitati, consensu eorum om- 
nium hunc sibi domicilio locum delegerunt. 

reverter, redeo, 10. aditus, accessus, 15. 

cunctus, omnis. conloco, pono, 8. 

egregie: 'optime, eximie, 8. prognatus, oi^tus, 4. 

despectus, prospectus. obitus, interitus, 28. 

leniter, pauldtim. deligo, eligo^ 17. 

From their loalls they taunt the Romans, 

30. Ac primo adventu exercitus nostri crebras ex 
oppido excursion es faciebant parvulisque proeliis cum 
nostris contendebant ; postea vallo pedum xii in circuitu 
XV milium crebiisque castellis circummuniti oppido sese 
continebant. Ubi vTneis actis aggere exstructo turrim 5 
procul constitui vlderunt, primum inridere ex mtiro atque 
increpitare vocibus coeperunt, quod tanta machinatio ab 
tanto spatio Instrueretur : quibusnam manibus aut qui- 
bus viribus praesertim homines tantulae staturae turrim 
tanti oneris in muro sese conlocare confiderent ? 10 

adventus, accessus, 15. inrideo, derideo. 

creber, frequens, 1. iucrepito, maledico. 

excursio, eruptio. tantulus, parvulus, 

constituo, pono. onus, pondus. 

But soon they lose confidence and offer to surrender. 

31. Ubi vero turrim moveri et adpropinquare moeni- 
bus viderunt, nova atque inusitata specie commoti legatos 
ad Caesarem de pace miserunt, qui ad hunc modum locuti 
sunt : Aduatuci non existimant Eomanos sine ope divina 
bellum gerere, qui tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta 5 
celeritate promovere possint; itaque se suaque omnia 
eorum potestati permittunt. Unum petunt : si forte 



20 Cesar's gallic war 

Caesar pro sua dementia ac mansuetudine statuerit 
Aduatacos esse conservandos, ne eos armis despoliet. 
lo Omnes fere fmitinii sunt inimici ac suae virtuti invident, 
a quibus se defendere traditis armis non poterunt. Sibi 
praestet, si in eum casum deducantur, quamvis fortunam 
a populo Eomano pati, quam ab inimicis per cruciatum 
interfici. 

novus, mlrus. peto, oro, 13. 

inusitatiis : insolitus, novus. niansuetado, lenitaSy 14. 

species, fades. statuo, constituo, 10. 

modus, ratio. fere, paene, 25. 

ops, auxilium. casus, fdtum, 22. 

permitto, dedo, 15. deduco, redigOj 28. 

They must disarm, but are promised protection, 

32. Ad haec Caesar respondit: "Magis consuetudine 
mea quam merito vestro civitatem.conservabo, si prius 
quam murum aries attigerit, vos dedideritis : sed dedi- 
tionis nulla est condicio nisi armis traditis. Id quod in 

5 Nerviis feci faciam finitimisque imperabo ne quam iniii- 
riam dediticiis populi Eomani inferant." Ee nuntiata 
ad suos, quae imperarentur facere dixerunt. Armorum 
tanta niultitudo de muro in fossam quae erat ante oppi- 
dum iacta est, ut prope summam muri aggerisque alti- 

10 ttidinem acervi eorum adaequarent, et tamen circiter pars 
tertia, ut postea perspectum est, celata atque in oppido 
retenta est. Delude portis patefactis eo die pace sunt 
tisi oppidani. 

prius quam, ante quam. prope, paene, 28. 

deditio, trdditio, 12. circiter, ad, 19, 

finitimus, viclnus, 2. perspicio, intellego. 

infero: ferOjfacio. patefacio, apen'o. 



BOOK II. 21 

A brave dash for freedom, hut a terrible fate, 

33. Sub vespernm Caesar portas claiidi militesque ex 
oppido exire iussit. Oppidani consilio ante inito, iit 
intellectum est, quod deditione facta nostros praesidia 
deducturos aut denique indiligentius servatiiros credide- 
rant, tertia vigilia, qua mininie arduus ad nostras mum- 5 
tiones ascensus videbatur, omnibus copiis repentino ex 
oppido eruptionem fecerunt. Celeriter, ut ante Caesar 
imperarat, ignibus significatione facta ex proximis ca- 
stellis eo concursum est. Ibi pugnatum est acriter ab 
hostibus in extrema spe salutis iniquo loco contra eos 10 
qui ex vallo turribusque tela iacerent, cum in una virtute 
omnis spes salutis consisteret. Occisis ad hominum 
milibus quattuor reliqui in oppidum reiecti sunt. Postri- 
die eius diei refractis portis, cum iam defenderet nemo, 
atque intromissis militibus nostris sectionem eius oppidi 15 
ilniversam Caesar vendidit. Ab iis qui emerant capitum 
numerus ad eum relatus est milium qumquaginta trium. 

intellego, perspicio, 32. eruptio, excursio, 30. 

denique, saltern. significatio, signum. 

indiligenter, neglegenter, iniquus, incommodus. 

arduus, difficilis. universus, totiis. 

repentinus, subitus. refero, renuntio. 

All the maritime nations submit to the Romans. 

34. Eodem tempore a P. Crasso, quem cum legione 
una miserat ad Venetos, Unellos, Osismos, Curiosolitas, 
Esuvios, Aulercos, Eedones, quae sunt maritimae civi- 
tates Oceanumque attingunt, certior factus est omnes eas 
civitates in dicionem potestatemque populi Eomani esse 5 
redactas. 

attingo, ^aw^o. dicio, mpenwm. redigo, paco. 



22 C^SAU'S GALLIC WAR. 

Gaul lies crushed and bleeding, Rome rejoices and thanks 
the gods, 

35. His rebus gestis omni Gallia pacata, tanta htiius 
belli ad barbaros opinio perlata est uti ab iis nationibus 
quae trans Ehenum incolerent mitterentur legati ad 
Caesarem, qui se obsides daturas, imperata facturas polli- 

5 cerentur. Quas legationes Caesar, quod in Italiam Illyri- 
cumque properabat, inita proxima aestate ad se reverti 
iussit. Ipse in Carnutes, Andes Turonesque, quae civi- 
tates propinquae his locis erant ubi bellum gesserat, 
legidnibus in hibernacula deductis, in Italiam prof ectus 

lo est. Ob easque res ex litteris Caesaris dies quindecim 
supplicatio decreta est, quod ante id tempus accidit nuUi. 

paco, redigOy 34. ineo, incipio. 

opinio, fdma^ 8. propinquus : vicinus^ finitimus, 2. 

propero, mdturo, 5. accido, contingo. 



C. lULI CAESARIS 

DE BELLO GALLICO 

LIBER SECUNDUS. 
B.C. 57; A.U.C. 697. 

THE BELGIAN LEAGUE DEFEATED. 

1. Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hibernis, ita 
uti supra demonstravimus, crebri ad eum rumores adfere- 
bantur, litterisque item Labieni certior fiebat omnes Bel- 
gas, quam tertiam esse Galliae partem dixeramus, contra 
populum Komanum coniurare obsidesque inter se dare. 5 
Coniurandi has esse causas : primum quod vererentur ne 
omni pacata Gallia ad eos exercitus noster adduceretur ; 
deinde quod ab nonnullis Gallis sollicitarentur, — partim 
qui, ut Germanos diutius in Gallia versari noluerant, 
ita populi Eomani exercitum hiemare atque invetera- 10 
scere in Gallia moleste ferebant ; partim qui mobilitate 

et levitate animi no vis imperils studebant ; ab nonnullis 
etiam, quod in Gallia a potentioribus atque iis qui ad 
conducendos homines facultates habebant, vulgo regna 
occupabantur, qui minus facile eam rem imperio nostro 15 
consequi poterant. 

2. His nuntiis litterisque commotus Caesar duas legi- 
ones in citeriore Gallia novas conscripsit, et inita aestate 
in interiorem Galliam qui deduceret Q. Pedium legatum 
misit. Ipse, cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, 20 

23 



24 C. lULI CAESAKIS 

ad exercitum venit. Dat negotium Senonibus reliquisque 
Gallis, qui finitimi Belgis erant, uti ea quae apud eos 
gerantur cognoscant seque de his rebus certiorem faci- 
ant. Hi constanter omnes nuntiaverunt manus cogi, ex- 
5 ercitum in unum locum conduci. Turn vero dubitandum 
non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur. Ee frumen- 
taria comparata castra movet diebusque circiter quinde- 
cim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. 

3. Eo cum de improviso celeriusque omni opinione 
lo venisset, Eemi, qui proximi Galliae ex Belgis sunt, ad 

eum legatos Iccium et Andocumborium primos civitatis 
miserunt qui dicerent : ' Se suaque omnia in fidem atque 
in potestatem populi Romani permittere, neque se cum 
Belgis reliquis consensisse neque contra populum Ro- 

15 manum coniurasse, paratosque esse et obsides dare et 
imperata facere et oppidis recipere et frumento ceteris- 
que rebus iuvare ; reliquos omnes Belgas in armis esse, 
Germanosque qui cis Rhenum incolant sese cum liis 
coniunxisse, tantumque esse eorum omnium furorem ut 

20 ne Suessiones quidem, fratres consanguineosque suos, qui 
eodem iure et isdem legibus utantur, unum imperium 
unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant, deterrere po- 
tuerint quin cum his consentirent.' 

4. Cum ab his quaereret quae civitates quantaeque in 

25 armis essent et quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat : 
plerosque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis Rhenumque 
antiquitus traductos propter loci fertilitatem ibi conse- 
disse Gallosque qui ea loca incolerent expulisse, solosque 
esse qui patrum nostrorum memoria, omni Gallia vexata, 

30 Teutonos Cimbrosque intra fines suos ingredi prohibu- 
erint ; qua ex re fieri uti earum rerum memoria mag- 
nam sibi auctoritatem magnosque spiritus in re militari 



LIBER II. 25 

sumerent. De nuinero eorum omnia se habere explorata 
Remi dicebant, propterea quod propinquitatibus adfini- 
tatibusque coniuncti, quantam quisque multitudinem in 
communi Belgarum concilio ad id bellum poUicitus sit 
eognoverint. Plurimum inter eos Bellovacos et virtute 5 
et auctoritate et hominum numero valere : hos posse con- 
ficere armata milia centum, poUicitos ex eo numero electa 
sexaginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi postulare. Sues- 
siones suos esse finitimos : latissimos feracissimosque 
agros possidere. Apud eos fuisse regem nostra etiam 10 
memoria Divitiacum, totius Galliae potentissimum, qui 
cum magnae partis harum regionum tum etiam Britan- 
niae imperium obtinuerit : nunc esse regem Galbam ; ad 
hunc propter iustitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli 
summam omnium voluntate deferri : oppida habere nu- 15 
mero xii, poUiceri milia armata quinquaginta ; totidem 
Nervios, qui maxime feri inter ipsos habeantur, longis- 
simeque absint; quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambianos 
decem milia, Morinos xxv milia, Menapios vii milia; 
Caletos x milia; Velocasses et Veromanduos totidem; 20 
Aduatucos decem et novem milia ; Condrusos, Eburones, 
Caeroesos, Paemanos, qui uno nomine Germani appellan- 
tur, arbitrari ad xl milia. 

5. Caesar Remos cohortatus liberaliterque oratione 
prosecutus omnem senatum ad se convenire principum- 25 
que liberos obsides ad se adduci iussit. Quae omnia ab 
his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitiacum 
Aeduum magno opere cohortatus docet quanto opere rei 
publicae communisque salutis intersit manus hostium 
distineri, ne cum tanta multitudine uno tempore confli- 30 
gendum sit. Id fieri posse, si suas copias Aedui in fines 
Bellovacorum introduxerint et eorum agros populari coe- 



26 C. lULI CAESARIS 

perint. His mandatis eum ab se dimittit. Postquam 
omnes Belgarum copias in unum locum coactas ad se 
venire vidit, neque iam longe abesse ab iis quos miserat 
exploratoribus et ab Kemis cognovitj flumen Axonam, 
5 quod est in extremis Eemorum finibus, exercitum tra- 
ducere maturavit atque ibi castra posuit. Quae res et 
latus unum castrorum ripis fluminis muniebat et post 
eum quae essent tuta ab hostibus reddebat, et commeatus 
ab Kemis reliquisque civitatibus ut sine periculo ad eum 

10 portari posset efficiebat. In eo flumine pons erat. Ibi 
praesidium ponit et in altera parte fluminis Q. Titurium 
Sabinum legatum cum sex cohortibus relinquit. Castra 
in altitudinem pedum xii vallo fossaque duodeviginti 
pedum munire iubet. 

15 6. Ab his castris oppidum Eemorum nomine Bibrax 
aberat milia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu 
Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Aegre eo die sustentatum 
est. Gallorum eadem atque Belgarum oppugnatio est 
haec. Ubi circumiecta multitudine hominum totis moe- 

20 nibus undique in muruni lapides iaci coepti sunt, mu- 
rusque defensoribus nudatus est, testudine facta portas 
succedunt murumque subruunt. Quod tum facile fiebat. 
Nam cum tanta multitudo lapides ac tela conicerent, in 
muro consistendi potestas erat nulli. Cum finem oppug- 

25 nandi nox fecisset, Iccius Eemus, summa nobilitate et 
gratia inter suos, qui tum oppido praefuerat, unus ex iis 
qui legati de pace ad Caesarem venerant, nuntium ad 
eum mittit : nisi subsidium sibi submittatur, sese diutius 
sustinere non posse. 

30 7. Eo de media nocte Caesar isdem ducibus usus qui 
nuntii ab Iccio venerant, Numidas et Cretas sagittarios 
et funditores Baleares subsidio oppidanis mittit; quorum 



LIBER II. 27 

adventu et Eemis cum spe defensionis studium propug- 
nandi accessit, et hostibus eadem de causa spes potiundi 
oppidi discessit. Itaque paulisper apud oppiduin morati 
agrosque Eemorum depopulati, omnibus vicis aedificiis- 
que quos adire potuerant incensis, ad castra Caesaris 5 
omnibus copiis contenderunt et ab milibus passuum 
minus duobus castra posuerunt; quae castra, ut fumo 
atque ignibus significabatur, amplius milibus passuum 
octo in latitudinem patebant. 

8. Caesar primo et propter multitudinem hostium et 10 
propter eximiam opinionem virtutis proelio supersedere 
statuit; cotidie tamen equestribus proeliis quid hostis 
virtute posset et quid nostri auderent periclitabatur. 
Ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, loco pro cas- 
tris ad aciem instruendam natura opportuno atque idoneo 15 
— quod is collis, ubi castra posita erant, paululum ex 
planitie editus tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat 
quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat, atque ex 
utraque parte lateris delectus habebat et in frontem 
leniter fastigatus paulatim ad planitiem redibat — ab 20 
utroque latere eius collis transversam fossam obduxit 
circiter passuum quadringentorum et ad extremas fos- 
sas castella constituit ibique tormenta conlocavit, ne, 
cum aciem instruxisset, hostes, quod tantum multitu- 
dine poterant, ab lateribus pugnantes suos circumvenire 25 
possent. Hoc facto duabus legionibus quas proximo 
conscripserat in castris relictis, ut, si quo opus esset, 
subsidio duci possent, reliquas sex legiones pro castris 

in acie constituit. Hostes item suas copias ex castris 
eductas instruxerant. 30 

9. Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque hostium 
exercitum. Hanc si nostri transirent hostes exspecta- 



28 C. lULI CAESARIS 

bant; nostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, 
ut impeditos adgrederentur, parati in armis erant. Inte- 
rim proelio equestri inter duas acies contendebatur. Ubi 
neutri transeundi initium faciunt, secundiore equitum 

5 proelio nostris Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes 
protinus ex eo loco ad flumen Axonam contenderunt, 
quod esse post nostra castra demons tratum est. Ibi 
vadis repertis partem suarum copiarum traducere conati 
sunt eo consilio, ut, si possent, castellum cui praeerat 

10 Q. Titurius legatus expugnarent pontemque interscinde- 
rent ; si minus potuissent, agros Eemorum popularentur, 
qui magno nobis usui ad bellum gerendum erant, comme- 
atuque nostros prohiberent. 

10. Caesar certior factus ab Titurio omnem equitatum 

15 et levis armaturae Numidas, funditores sagittariosque 
pontem traducit atque ad eos contendit. Acriter in eo 
loco pugnatum est. Hostes impeditos nostri in flu- 
mine adgressi magnum eorum numerum occiderunt: per 
eorum corpora reliquos audacissime transire conantes 

20 multitudine telorum reppulerunt ; primos qui transierant 
equitatu circumventos interfecerunt. Hostes, ubi et de 
expugnando oppido et de flumine transeundo spem se 
fefellisse intellexerunt neque nostros in locum iniqui- 
orem progredi pugnandi causa viderunt, atque ipsos res 

25 frumentaria deficere coepit, concilio convocato constitue- 
runt optimum esse domum suam quemque reverti, et, 
quorum in fines primum Eomani exercitum introduxis- 
sent, ad eos defendendos undique convenirent, ut potius 
in suis quam in alienis finibus decertarent et domesticis 

30 copiis rei frumentariae uterentur. Ad eam sententiam 
cum reliquis causis haec quoque ratio eos deduxit, quod 
Divitiacum atque Aeduos finibus Bellovacorum adpro- 



LIBER II. 29 

pinquare cognoverant. His persuader! ut diutius mora- 
rentur neque suis auxilium ferrent non poterat. 

11. Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum stre- 
pitu ac tumultu castris egressi, nullo certo ordiue neque 
imperio, cum sibi quisque primum itineris locum peteret 5 
et domum pervenire properaret, fecerunt ut consimilis 
fugae profectio videretur. Hac re statim Caesar per 
speculatores cognita insidias veritus, quod qua de causa 
discederent nondum perspexerat, exercitum equitatum- 
que castris continuit. Prima luce coufirmata re ab ex- 10 
ploratoribus omnem equitatum qui novissimum agmen 
moraretur praemisit. His Q. Pedium et L. Aurunculeium 
Cottam legatos praefecit; T. Labienum legatum cum legi- 
onibus tribus subsequi iussit. Hi novissimos adorti et 
multa milia passuum prosecuti magnam multitudinem 15 
eorum fugientium conciderunt, cum ab extremo agmine 
ad quos ventum erat consisterent fortiterque impetum 
nostrorum militum sustinerent; priores, quod abesse a 
periculo viderentur neque ulla necessitate neque imperio 
continerentur, exaudito clamore perturbatis ordinibus 20 
omnes in fuga sibi praesidium ponerent. Ita sine ullo 
periculo tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfece- 
runt quantum fuit diei spatium, sub occasumque solis 
destiterunt, seque in castra, ut erat imperatum, rece- 
perunt. 25 

12. Postridie eius diei Caesar, priusquam se hostes 
ex terrore ac fuga reciperent, in fines Suessionum, qui 
proximi Remis erant, exercitum duxit et magno itinere 
confecto ad oppidum Noviodunum contendit. Id ex 
itinere oppugnare conatus, quod vacuum ab defensoribus 30 
esse audiebat, propter latitudinem fossae murique alti- 
tudinem paucis defendentibus expugnare non potuit. 



30 C. lULT CAESAKIS 

Castris munitis vineas agere quaeque ad oppugnandum 
Usui erant comparare coepit. Interim omnis ex fuga 
Suessionum multitudo in oppidum proxima nocte con- 
venit. Celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis, aggere iacto 
5 turribusque constitutis, magnitudine operum, quae neque 
viderant ante Galli neque audierant, et celeritate Roma- 
norum permoti, legates ad Caesarem de deditione mittunt 
et petentibus Eemis ut conservarentur impetrant. 

13. Caesar obsidibus acceptis primis civitatis atque 
10 ipsius Galbae regis duobus liliis, armisque omnibus ex 

oppido traditis, in deditionem Suessiones accepit exerci- 
tumque in Bellovacos ducit. Qui eum se suaque omnia 
in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent, atque ab eo 
oppido Caesar cum exercitu circiter milia passuum quin- 

15 que abesset, omnes maiores natu ex oppido egressi manus 
ad Caesarem tendere et voce significare coeperunt sese 
in eius fidem ac potestatem venire neque contra populum 
Komanum armis contendere. Item, cum ad oppidum acces- 
sisset castraque ibi poneret, pueri mulieresque ex muro 

20 passis manibus suo more pacem ab Bomanis petierunt. 

14. Fro his Divitiacus — nam post discessum Belga- 
rum dimissis Aeduorum copiis ad eum reverterat — facit 
verba: Bellovacos omni tempore in fide atque amicitia 
civitatis Aeduae fuisse: impulses a suis principibus, qui 

25 dicerent Aeduos ab Caesare in servitutem redactos omnes 
indignitates contumeliasque perferre, et ab Aeduis defe- 
cisse et populo Romano bellum intulisse. Qui eius 
consili principes fuissent, quod intellegerent quantam 
calamitatem civitati intulissent, in Britanniam profu- 

30 gisse. Petere non solum Bellovacos sed etiam pro his 
Aeduos ut sua dementia ac mansuetudine in eos uta- 
tur. Quod si f ecerit, Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes 



LIBER II. 31 

Belgas amplificaturum, quorum auxiliis atque opibus, si 
qua bella inciderint^ sustentare consuerint. 

15. Caesar honoris Divitiaci atque Aeduorum causa 
sese eos in fidem recepturum et conservaturum dixit; 
quod erat civitas magna inter Belgas auctoritate atque 5 
hominum multitudine praestabat^ sexcentos obsides po- 
poscit. His traditis omnibusque armis ex oppido conla- 
tis, ab eo loco in fines Ambianorum pervenit, qui se 
suaque omnia sine mora dediderunt. Eorum fines Ner- 
vii attingebant; quorum do natura moribusque Caesar 10 
cum quaereret, sic reperiebat : Nullum aditum esse ad eos 
mercatoribus ; nihil pati vini reliquarumque re rum in- 
ferri, quod iis rebus relanguescere animos eorum et 
remitti virtutem existimarent : esse homines feros mag- 
naeque virtu tis ; increpitare atque incusare reliquos 15 
Belgas qui se populo Eomano dedidissent patriamque 
virtutem proiecissent ; confirmare sese neque legatos 
missuros neque ullam condicionem pacis accepturos. 

16. Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, inve- 
niebat ex captivis Sabim flumen ab castris suis non 20 
amplius milia passuum x abesse : trans id flumen omnes 
Nervios consedisse adventumque ibi E-omanorum exspec- 
tare una cum Atrebatis et Veromanduis finitimis suis, 
nam his utrisque persuaserant uti eandem belli fortu- 
nam experirentur ; exspectari etiam ab his Aduatucorum 25 
copias atque esse in itinere ; mulieres quique per aetatem 
ad pugnam inutiles viderentur in eum locum coniecisse, 
quo propter paludes exercitui aditus non esset. 

17. His rebus cognitis exploratores centurionesque 
praemittit qui locum idoneum castris deligant. Cum ex 30 
dediticiis Belgis reliquisque Gallis complures Caesarem 
secuti una iter facerent, quidam ex his, ut postea ex 



32 C. lULT CAESARIS 

captivis cognitum est, eorum dierum consuetudine itine- 
ris nostri exercitus perspecta, nocte ad Kervios pervene- 
rmit atque his demonstrarunt inter singulas legiones 
impedimentorum magnum numerum intercedere, neque 
5 esse quicquam negoti, cum prima legio in castra venis- 
set, reliquaeque legiones magnum spatium abessent, banc 
sub sarcinis adoriri ; qua pulsa impedimentisque direptis 
futurum ut reliquae contra consistere non auderent. 
Adiuvabat etiam eorum consilium qui rem deferebant, 

10 quod Nervii antiquitus, cum equitatu nihil possent 
(neque enim ad hoc tempus ei rei student, sed quicquid 
possunt, pedestribus valent copiis) quo facilius finiti- 
morum equitatum, si praedandi causa ad eos venissent, 
impedirent, teneris arboribus incisis atque inflexis, cre- 

15 brisque in latitudinem ramis enatis, et rubis sentibusque 
interiectis, effecerant ut instar muri hae saepes muni- 
menta praeberent, quo non modo non intrari sed ne 
perspici quidem posset. His rebus cum iter agminis 
nostri impediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium Nervii 

20 existimaverunt. 

IS. Loci natura erat haec, quem locum nostri castris 
delegerant. Collis ab summo aequaliter declivis ad flu- 
men Sabim, quod supra nominavimus, vergebat. Ab eo 
flumine pari adclivitate collis nascebatur adversus huic 

25 et contrarius, passus circiter ducentos infimus apertus, 
ab superiore parte silvestris ut non facile introrsus per- 
spici posset. Intra eas silvas hostes in occulto sese 
continebant ; in aperto loco secundum flumen paucae 
stationes equitum videbantur. Fluminis erat altitudo 

30 pedum circiter trium. 

19* Caesar equitatu praemisso subsequebatur omnibus 
copiis ; sed ratio ordoque agminis aliter se habebat ac 



LIBER II. 33 

Belgae ad Nervios detulerant. Nam quod ad hostes 
adpropinquabat, consuetudine sua Caesar sex legiones 
expeditas ducebat ; post eas totius exercitus impedimenta 
conlocarat ; inde duae legiones quae proxime conscriptae 
erant totum agmen claudebant praesidioque impedimentis 5 
erant. Equites nostri, cum funditoribus sagittariisque 
flumen transgressi^ cum hostium equitatu proelium com- 
miserunt. Cum se illi identidem in silvas ad suos reci- 
perent ac rursus ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, 
neque nostri longius quam quern ad finem porrecta loca 10 
aperta pertinebant cedentes insequi auderent, interim 
legiones sex, quae primae venerant, opere dimenso castra 
munire coeperunt. Ubi prima impedimenta nostri exer- . 
citus ab iis qui in silvis abditi latebant visa sunt, quod 
tempus inter eos committendi proeli convenerat, ut intra 15 
silvas aciem ordinesque constituerant atque ipsi sese 
confirmaverant, subito omnibus copiis provolaverunt im- 
petumque in nostros equites fecerunt. His facile pulsis 
ac proturbatis, incredibili celeritate ad flumen decucur- 
rerunt, ut paene uno tempore et ad silvas et in flumine 20 
et iam in manibus nostris hostes viderentur. Eadem 
autem celeritate ad verso coUe ad nostra castra atque eos 
qui in opere occupati erant contenderunt. 

20. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda : vexil- 
lum proponendum, quod erat insigne cum ad arma con- 25 
curri oporteret, signum tuba dandum, ab opere revocandi 
milites, qui paulo longius aggeris petendi causa proces- 
serant arcessendi, acies instruenda, milites cohortandi, 
signum dandum. Quarum rerum magnam partem tem- 
poris brevitas et successus hostium impediebat. His 30 
difficultatibus duae res erant subsidio — scientia atque 
usus militum, quod superioribus proeliis exercitati, quid 



34 C. lULI CAESARIS 

fieri oporteret non minus commode ipsi sibi praescribere 
quam ab aliis doceri poterant; et quod ab opere singu- 
lisque legionibus singulos legatos Caesar discedere nisi 
munitis castris vetuerat. Hi propter propinquitatem et 
5 celeritatem hostium nihil iam Caesaris imperium exspec- 
tabant, sed per se quae videbantur administrabant. 

21. Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis ad cohortandos 
milites quam in partem fors obtulit decucurrit et ad 
legionem decimam devenit. Milites non longiore ora- 

10 tione cohortatus quam uti suae pristinae virtutis memo- 
riam retinerent neu perturbarentur animo hostiumque 
impetum fortiter sustinerent, quod non longius hostes 
aberant quam quo telum adici posset, proeli committendi 
signum dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi 

15 causa profectus pugnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta 
f uit exiguitas hostiumque tam paratus ad dimicandum 
animus, ut non modo ad insignia adcommodanda, sed 
etiam ad galeas induendas scutisque tegimenta detru- 
denda tempus defuerit. Quam quisque ab opere in par- 

20 tem casu devenit quaeque prima signa conspexit, ad 
haec constitit, ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus 
dimitteret. 

22. Instructo exercitu magis ut loci natura deiectus- 
que collis et necessitas temporis quam ut rei militaris 

25 ratio atque ordo postulabat, cum diversis legionibus aliae 
alia in parte hostibus resisterent, saepibusque densis- 
simis, ut ante demonstravimus, interiectis prospectus 
impediretur, neque certa subsidia conlocari, neque quid 
in quaque parte opus esset provideri, neque ab uno 

30 omnia imperia administrari poterant. Itaque in tanta 
rerum iniquitate, fortunae quoque eventus varii seque- 
bantur. 



LIBER II. 35 

23.^ Legionis nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra 
parte acie constiterant^ pilis emissis, cursu ac lassitudine 
exanimatos vulneribusque confectos Atrebates — nam his 
ea pars obvenerat — celeriter ex loco superiore in flu- 
men compulerunt et transire conantes insecuti gladiis 5 
magnam partem eorum impeditam interfecerunt. Ipsi 
transire flumen non dubitaverunt, et in locum iniquum 
progressi, rursus resistentes hostes redintegrato proelio 
in fugam coniecerunt. Item alia in parte diversae duae 
legiones, undecima et octava, profligatis Veromanduis, 10 
quibuscum erant congressi, ex loco superiore in ipsis 
fluminis ripis proeliabantur. At totis fere a fronte et 
ab sinistra parte nudatis castris, cum in dextro cornu 
legio duodecima et non magno ab ea intervallo septima 
constitisset, omnes Nervii confertissimo agmine duce 15 
Boduognato qui summam imperi tenebat, ad eum locum 
contenderunt ; quorum pars aperto latere legiones cir- 
cumvenire, pars summum castrorum locum petere coepit. 

24, Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae 
pedites, qui cum iis una fuerant, quos primo hostium 20 
impetu pulsos dixeram, cum se in castra reciperent, 
adversis hostibus occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem 
fugam petebant; et calones, qui ab decumana porta ac 
summo iugo collis nostros victores flumen transisse con- 
spexerant, praedandi causa egressi^ cum respexissent et 25 
hostes in nostris castris versari vidissent^ praecipites 
fugae sese mandabant. Simul eorum qui cum impedi- 
mentis veniebant clamor fremitusque oriebatur, aliique 
aliam in partem perterriti ferebantur. Quibus omnibus 
rebus permoti equites Treveri, quorum inter Gallos vir- 30 
tutis opinio est singularis, qui auxili causa ab civitate 
ad Caesarem missi venerant, cum multitudine hostium 



36 C. lULI CAESARIS 

castra compleri, legiones premi et paene circumventas 
teneri, calones, equites, funditores, Numidas, diversos 
dissipatosque in omnes partes fugere vidissent, despera- 
tis nostris rebus domum contenderunt ; Eomanos pulsos 
5 superatosque, castris impedimentisque eorum hostes po- 
titos civitati renuntiaverunt. 

25. Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dex- 
trum cornu profectus, ubi suos urgeri signisque in unum 
locum conlatis duodecimae legionis confertos milites sibi 

10 ipsos ad pugnam esse impedimento vidit — quartae 
cohortis omnibus centurionibus occisis signiferoque in- 
terfecto, signo amisso, reliquarum cohortium omnibus 
fere centurionibus aut vulneratis aut occisis, in his pri- 
mipilo P. Sextio Baculo, fortissimo viro, multis gravi- 

15 busque vulneribus confecto ut iam se sustinere non 
posset, reliquos esse tardiores, et nonnullos ab novissi- 
mis deserto proelio excedere ac tela vitare, hostes neque 
a fronte ex inferiore loco subeuntes intermittere et ab 
utroque latere instare, et rem esse in angusto vidit, 

20 neque ullum esse subsidium quod submitti posset — 
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto, quod ipse eo sine 
scuto venerat, in primam aciem processit centurioni- 
busque nominatim appellatis reliquos cohortatus milites 
signa inferre et manipulos laxare iussit, quo facilius 

25 gladiis uti possent. Cuius adventu spe inlata militibus 
ac redintegrato animo, cum pro se quisque in conspectu 
imperatoris etiam in extremis suis rebus operam navare 
cuperet, paulum hostium impetus tardatus est. 

26. Caesar cum septimam legionem, quae iuxta con- 
30 stiterat, item urgeri ab hoste vidisset, tribunos militum 

monuit ut paulatim sese legiones coniangerent et con- 
versa signa in hostes inferrent. Quo facto, cum alius 



LIBER ir. 37 

alii subsidium ferret, neque timerent ne aversi ab hoste 
circumvenirentur, audacius resistere ac fortius pugnare 
coeperunt. Interim milites legionum duarum, quae in 
novissimo agmine praesidio impedimentis fuerant, proelio 
nuntiato cursu incitato in summo coUe ab hostibus con- 5 
spiciebantur ; et T. Labienus castris hostium potitus et 
ex loco superiore quae res in nostris castris gererentur 
conspicatus decimam legionem subsidio nostris misit. 
Qui cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res 
esset, quantoque in periculo et castra et legiones et 10 
imperator versaretur, cognovissent, nihil ad celeritatem 
sibi reliqui fecerunt. 

27. Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio est facta 
ut nostri, etiam qui vulneribus confecti procubuissent, 
scutis innixi proelium redintegrarent ; tum calones per- 15 
territos hostes conspicati etiam inermes armatis occur- 
rerent ; equites vero, ut turpitudinem fugae virtute 
delerent, omnibus in locis pugnae quo se legionariis 
militibus praeferrent. At hostes etiam in extrema spe 
salutis tantam virtutem praestiterunt ut, cum primi 20 
eorum cecidissent, proximi iacentibus insisterent atque 
ex eorum corporibus pugnarent; his deiectis et coacer- 
vatis cadaveribus, qui superessent ut ex tumulo tela in 
nostros conicerent et pila intercepta remitterent : ut non 
nequiquam tantae virtutis homines iudicari deberet ausos 25 
esse transire latissimum flumen, ascendere altissimas 
ripas, subire iniquissimum locum ; quae facilia ex diffi- 
cillimis animi magnitudo redegerat. 

28. Hoc proelio facto et prope ad inter necionem gente 
ac nomine Nerviorum redacto maiores natu, quos una 30 
cum pueris mulieribusque in aestuaria ac paludes coniec- 
tos dixeramus ; hac pugna nuntiata, cum victoribus nihil 



38 C. lULI CAESARIS 

impeditum, victis nihil tutum arbitrarentur, omnium qui 
supererant consensu legatos ad Caesarem miserunt seque 
ei dediderunt ; et in commemoranda civitatis calamitate 
ex sexcentis ad tres senatores, ex hominum milibus lx 
5 vix ad quingentos qui arma ferre possent sese redactos 
esse dixerunt. Quos Caesar, ut in miseros ac supplices 
usus misericordia videretur, diligentissime conservavit 
suisque finibus atque oppidis uti iussit, et finitimis im- 
peravit ut ab iniuria et maleficio se suosque prohiberent. 

10 29. Aduatuci, de quibus supra scripsimus, cum omni- 
bus copiis auxilio Nerviis venirent, hac pugna nuntiata 
ex itinere domum reverterunt ; cunctis oppidis castellis- 
que desertis sua omnia in unum oppidum egregie natura 
munitum contulerunt. Quod cum ex omnibus in circuitu 

15 partibus altissimas rupes despectusque haberet, una ex 
parte leniter adclivis aditus in latitudinem non amplius 
ducentorum pedum relinquebatur ; quem locum duplici 
altissimo muro munierant, tum magni ponderis saxa et 
praeacutas trabes in muro conlocabant. Ipsi erant ex 

20 Cimbris Teuton isque prognati, qui, cum iter in provin- 
ciam nostram atque Italiam facerent, iis impedimentis, 
quae secum agere ac portare non poterant, citra flumen 
Rhenum depositis custodiam ex suis ac praesidium sex 
milia hominum una reliquerunt. Hi post eorum obitum 

25 multos annos a finitimis exagitati, cum alias bellum 

inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent, consensu eorum 

omnium pace facta hunc sibi domicilio locum delegerunt. 

30. Ac primo adventu exercitus nostri crebras ex 

oppido excursiones faciebant parvulisque proeliis cum 

30 nostris contendebant ; postea vallo pedum xii in circuitu 
XV milium crebrisque castellis circummuniti oppido sese 
continebant. XJbi vineis actis aggere exstructo turrim 



LIBER II. 39 

procul constitui viderunt, primum inridere ex muro atque 
increpitare vocibus, quod tanta machinatio ab tanto spatio 
instrueretur : quibusnain manibus aut quibus viribus 
praesertim homines tantulae staturae — nam plerumque 
hominibus Grallis prae magnitudine corporum suorum 5 
brevitas nostra contemptui est — tanti oneris turrim in 
muro sese conlocare confiderent ? 

31« Ubi vero moveri et adpropinquare moenibus vide- 
runt, nova atque inusitata specie commoti legatos ad 
Caesarem de pace miserunt, qui ad hunc modum locuti : 10 
^Non existimare E-omanos sine ope divina bellum gerere, 
qui tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta celeritate pro- 
movere possent ; se suaque omnia eorum potestati per- 
mittere ^ dixerunt. ' Unum petere ac deprecari : si forte 
pro sua dementia ac mansuetudine, quam ipsi ab aliis 15 
audirent, statuisset Aduatucos esse conserv^andos, ne se 
armis despoliaret. Sibi omnes fere finitimos esse in- 
imicos ac suae virtuti invidere ; a quibus se defendere 
traditis armis non possent. Sibi praestare, si in eum 
casum deducerentur, quamvis fortunam a populo Romano 20 
pati, quam ab his per cruciatum interfici, inter quos 
dominari consuessent.' 

32. Ad haec Caesar respondit: ^Se magis consuetu- 
dine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum, si 
prius quam murum aries attigisset se dedidissent; sed 25 
deditionis nullam esse condicionem nisi armis traditis. 
Se id quod in Nerviis fecisset facturum finitimisque 
imperaturum, ne quam dediticiis populi Romani iniuriam 
inferrent.' Re nuntiata ad suos, quae imperarentur 
facere dixerunt. Armorum magna multitudine de muro 30 
in fossam quae erat ante oppidum iacta sic ut prope 
summam muri aggerisque altitudinem acervi armorum 



40 C. lULI CAESARIS 

adaequarent, et tamen circiter parte tertia, ut postea 
perspectum est, celata atque in oppido retenta, portis 
patefactis eo die pace sunt usi. 

33. Sub vesperum Caesar portas claudi militesque ex 
5 oppido exire iussit, ne quam noctu oppidani ab militibus 
iniuriam acciperent. Illi ante inito, ut intellectum est, 
consilio, quod deditione facta nostros praesidia deduc- 
turos aut denique indiligentius servaturos crediderant — 
partim cum iis quae retinuerant et celaverant armis, 

lo partim scutis ex cortice factis aut viminibus intextis, 
quae subito, ut temporis exiguitas postulabat, pellibus in- 
duxerant — tertia vigilia, qua minime arduus ad nostras 
munitiones ascensus videbatur, omnibus copiis repentino 
ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt. Celeriter, ut ante Cae- 

15 sar imperarat, ignibus significatione facta ex proximis 
castellis eo concursum est, pugnatumque ab hostibus ita 
acriter est ut a viris fortibus in extrema spe salutis 
iniquo loco contra eos qui ex vallo turribusque tela iace- 
rent pugnari debuit, cum in una virtute omnis spes 

20 salutis consisteret. Occisis ad hominum milibus quat- 
tuor reliqui in oppidum reiecti sunt. Postridie eius diei 
refractis portis, cum iam defenderet nemo, atque intro- 
missis militibus nostris sectionem eius oppidi universam 
Caesar vendidit. Ab iis qui emerant capitum numerus 

25 ad eum relatus est milium quinquaginta trium. 

34:, Eodem tempore a P. Crasso, quem cum legione 
una miserat ad Venetos, Unellos, Osismos, Curiosolitas, 
Esuvios, Aulercos, Redones, quae sunt maritimae civi- 
tates Oceanumque attingunt, certior f actus est omnes 

30 eas civitates in dicionem potestatemque populi Eomani 
esse redactas. 



LIBER IJ. 41 

35. His rebus gestis omni Gallia pacata, tanta huius 
belli ad barbaros opinio perlata est uti ab iis nationibus, 
quae trans Khenum incolerent mitterentur legati ad 
Caesarem, qui se obsides daturas, imperata facturas polli- 
cerentur. Quas legationes Caesar, quod in Italiam Illyri- 5 
cumque properabat, inita proxima aestate ad se reverti 
iussit. Ipse in Carnutes, Andes Turonesque, quae civi- 
tates propinquae bis locis erant ubi bellum gesserat, 
legionibus in hibernacula deductis, in Italiam profectus 
est. Ob easque res ex litteris Caesaris dies quindecim 10 
supplicatio decreta est, quod ante id tempus accidit nuUi. 



I^OTES. 



Introductory Note. — To translate Latin into English is to express 
the meaning of the Latin in English words and in the English idiom. But the 
meaning must he discovered before it can be expressed. Discovering the 
sense is, therefore, a process preparatory to translation, but yet measurably 
distinct from it. For discovering the meaning, the golden rule is, Take 
xoords and clauses in the order in which they stand. If the first chapter 
of this book were rendered into English words exactly in the Latin order, 
the thought would be readily apprehended by any one quite unacquainted 
with Latin. Such a word for word rendering, mental or oral, is for the 
beginner a necessary preliminary to translation, but, I repeat, must not be 
confounded with translation. For that, the golden rule is, Express the 
thought in pure English^ loithout admixture of Latin idiom. 



Notes under the beading Chap, refer to the simplified text; those that follow, 
under the heading Page, supplement the former and refer to the unchanged text. 
The grammatical references are to the Latin Grammars of Allen & Greenough and 
Harkness. 



Chap. 1, 
line 2. 



certior fiebat : he teas made more certain = he was informed, 
fiebat : the passive of facio. Review the forms. 142 ; 

H. 294. 
Coniurandi : pronounce the i of the second syllable like y, 
verebantur : the subject is Belgae, understood ; supply 

the same subject for soUicitabantur. 
ad se : refers to the subject of verebantur. 
Germanos : subject-accusative of versari ; that the Germans 

should remain. 
exercitum : subject- accusative of hiemare and invetera- 

scere. 
inveterascere : get a foothold; but what is its primary 

meaning from its derivation ? 

43 



44 NOTES. 

line 10. imperils: 227 e ; H. 385. 

11. iis : supply mentally ab before it. 

13. qui : and these, referring to potentiores, etc. 

earn rem : read again the preceding sentence, and you will 

see to what eam rem refers. 
imperio nostro: under our (i.e. Roman) rule. The abla- 
tive implies condition, and the meaning is, if we should get 
the sovereignty, 255, d, 4 ; H. 431, 2, (3). 
Page 23, 

1. ita uti : as. 

3. Labieni : Caesar's lieutenant was now in the country of the 

Sequani. See a map of Gallia. 

4. quam : whose country. We might expect quos referring to 

Belgas, but the relative is made to agree with the predi- 
cate noun partem. 

6. has esse causas: depending on rumores adferebantur, 

like Belgas . . . conlurare and obsldes . . . dare. 272 ; H. 

7. omni . . . Gallia: all except their country. 

pacata : the Romans, with cruel humor, called a couptry 
'* pacified" when they had enslaved it. 

8. partlm qui: some of whom. 

9. ut . . . ita: as ... so. 

11. partlm qui: others of whom. 

12. ab nonnullis etiam: these, then, are the third class by 

whom it is said, Belgae solllcitabantur : first, the con- 
servative and patriotic ; second, the restless and dissatis- 
fied; third, the selfish and ambitious. 
Chap. 2, 

2. interlorem Galliam: the interior of Gaul; that is, Gaul 

beyond the Alps. Refer constantly to a map. 

3. qui . . . deduceret: qui refers to Q. Pedlum, and the 
" clause qui . . . deduceret denotes purpose, to lead, 

4. Ipse : supply Caesar. 

6. Ea = eas res, as shown by rebus following. 

8. manus cogi : that parties of men were gathering. The con- 

struction is the same as Belgas . . . conlurare, in chap. 1. 

9. conducl : was mustering ; a very different meaning in chap. 1. 
quin . . . proficisceretur : to march. What literally ? 



NOTES. 45 

Page 23, 

line 18. inita aestate : when summer had begun — at the beginning of 
summer ; marks the time of deduceret, not of misit. 
Page 24, 

1. Dat negotium : he charges. What literally ? 

2. uti (same as ut) . . . cognoscant: to find out; the clause 

depends on dat negotium. 

3. se : refers to Caesar. 4 

certiorem faciant : compare the passive form in chap. 1. 

5. dubitandum : in full the sentence would be, Caesar dubi- 

tandum esse sibi non existimavit ; and the word for 
word rendering, Caesar did not think an-obligation-of-hesitating 
to be to himself. Translate, he ought to hesitate. 
Chap. 3, 

1. Eo : that is, ad fines Belgarum. See the end of chap. 2. 
3. se . . . permittere : here se is the subject- accusative of 
permittere. 
in fidem : to the protection. 

6. Caesaris imperata facere : to do what Ccesar required. 

Literally what ? 

7. oppidis recipere : in meaning = in oppida recipere. 
ceteris : not other, but all other. Their submission is 

abject. 
9. sese : not different from se. 
10. Suessiones : the object of deterrere. 
12. iure : constitution, 

isdem : oftener written iisdem, 101, c. 
Page 24, 

9. omni opinione : than any one could expect. 247, b ; H. 417. 
10. ex Belgis - Belgarum, or inter Belgas. 
12. qui dicerent : compare qui deduceret, p. 23, 1. 19, and 
note on simplified text. 
se : the object (with sua omnia = their all) of permittere. 
Another se must be mentally supplied as the subject of 
permittere. 
18. incolant : why not incolunt, for it must be translated as 
if it were incolunt ? Because the clause qui . . . inco- 
lant depends on the clause Germano.s . . . coniunxisse. 



46 NOTES. 

It is therefore a dependent clause of indirect discourse^ and 
as such must have the subjunctive. Thoroughly master 
this, the most important principle of Latin syntax. Mark 
how the descriptive clause, qui . . . incolant, is framed 
into the main clause. 
line 19. fur5rein : the politic or cowardly Remi considered the love 
of liberty and independence of their brother Belgse blind 
passion. 

20. qui . . . iitantur : though they . . . enjoyed, qui, then, must 

sometimes be rendered though he, though they, etc., but 
only when the subjunctive follows. 

21. iitantur : supply immediately following atque. 

22. ipsis : refers to Hemi. 

23. quin . . . consentirent : from . . . uniting. Compare qum 

. . . proficisceretur, p. 24, 1. 6, and note on simplified 
text. 
Chap. 4, 

1. quantae : refers to extent of country and population. 

in armis essent : connect with quae civitates : what states 
were m arms, and how powerful they were. 

2. quid in beUo possent : a literal translation, what they could 

(do) in war, does not convey the meanmg. Render, what 
force they could bring into the field, 
4. ibi : cis Rhenum. 

6. ex re : equivalent to ex causa. 

7. fiSbat : it ivas coming about. The Remi said, in direct dis- 

course, fit ; and below, siiniant. 
spiritus : means in the singular air, and is here used just 
as we use " airs," in the phrase ** to put on airs." 

8. omnia . . . expl5rata : full information. 

9. Quantam quisque: notice the order. Quisque likes to 

stand after quantus, quotus, se, and suus; here it 
means each nation. 
11. Pliirimum . . . valebant : about equivalent to plurimum 
poterant, had the most power, 

18. cum . . . tum: not only . . . but also, 

19. Britanniae : *' the first mention of Britain by a Roman 

author." 



NOTES. 4T 

Page 24, 
line 27. propter fertilitatem : to be connected with consedisse. 

28. incolerent : why not incolebant? See note on p. 24,1. 18, 

qui . . . incolant. 

29. memoria : within the memory ; but two lines below, because 

of the memory. 
Page 25, 

10. nostra etiam memoria: compare patrum nostronim 

memoria, p. 24, 1. 29. 
13. obtinuerit: held, not obtained, which is usually expressed 

by adsecutus est, conseciitus est, or adeptus est. 

15. omnium voluntate : with the assent of alL 
23. arbitrari : that is, Remos arbitrari. 

Chap. 5, 

2. obsides: as hostages, in apposition with liberos. What 
would have been the fate of these, if the chieftains had 
broken their pledges ? 

4. Rei publicae interest: it concerns the (Eoman) republic. 

The real subject of interest, represented in English by 
tf, is manus hostium distineri. 
manus : the subject-accusative of distineri, to be kept from 
uniting, 

5. ne . . . confligendum sit : that it may not be necessary to 

fight. 
9. coactas . . . venire : having been assembled , , , fo be com- 
ing = T^d assembled , , , and were coming. 
10. vidit = intellexit. 

neque iam = et iam non. 

iis : take with exploratoribus. 

13. quae res: that is, his crossing the river and fixing his 

camp there. 

14. post eum quae essent = ea quae post eum essent, 

his rear. What should you expect in place of eum ? 
tuta: goes with the whole expression, post eum quae 
essent. 

16. portari : be brought down the river to him. 

19. in altitudinem : to the height. 

20. duodeviginti pedum : that is, in latitudinem, in width. 



48 KOTES. 

Page 25, 
line 24. liberaliterque oratione prosecutus : ITberaliter means 
in a generous or kindly manner ; oratione indicates in what 
sense prosecutus is to be taken, accompanying with words ; 
finally, prosequor has its common meaning of accom- 
pany, but with the meaning unusually applied : Caesar had 
encouraged the Remi, and he accompanies the encourage- 
ment with kind words. Translate, Ccesar encouraging the 
Hemi and adding kind words. 

29. communis salutis : by the common interests Csesar means 

those of the ^dui and the Romans. 

30. confligendum sit : compare dubitandrmi (esse)p. 24, 1. 5, 

and read the note. Here, as there, sibi, referring to 
Caesar and the ^dui, must be mentally supplied, showing 
for whom the duty or necessity of action (hesitating, 
fighting) exists. 

31. Id fieri posse : depends upon docet. To what does id 

refer ? 

32. introduxerint : the Roman way of speaking is : this can 

be done, if that shall he done, or shall have been done ; hence 
the future perfect. But mark that such a future or future 
perfect is often best rendered by a present. 
Page 26, 

1. Postquam . . . vidit . . . cognovit, . . . maturavit : when 

he saw . . . and found out, (then) . . , he hastened. 
3. neque . . . cognovit: and from those^couts, etc. ^ found out 

that they (the Belgse) were now not for distant, 
8. et connects reddebat and efficiebat, which have the same 
subject, quae res. The order makes this sentence diffi- 
cult. Caesar might have written : et efficiebat ut com- 
meatus ab Remis reliquisque civitatibus sine peri- 
culo ad eum portari posset. The order is so perplexed 
and perplexing because Caesar wrote in haste, and because 
he began with the word which was uppermost in his 
mind, commeatus. 
Chap. 6, 

2. ex itinere : immediately after their march. • 

3. sustentatum est : the Bemi held out. What literally ? 



NOTES. 49 

line 4. Gallorum . . . oppugnatio : the mode of attacking towns 
common to the Gauls and Belgai, 
5. totis moenibus : all around the walls, 258, 4, f . and 2 ; H. 
425, II. 2. 

7. testudine facta : forming a testudo. What the soldiers did 

was to lap their shields over their heads. 

8. cum : since. What mode follows cum in this sense ? 

11. nuntium . . . mittit: one of the expressions that are fol- 
lowed by the accusative and infinitive; here, sese . . . 
posse. Compare in chapter 1, certior fiebat, followed 
by Belgas ... coniurare ; in chap. 4, reperiebat, fol- 
lowed by Belgas ortos esse, in complete text. 
Iccius Remus : Iccius^ a Remian, 

13. sese : subject- accusative of posse. 

Page 26, 

19. moenibus . . . murum . . . mums . . . murum : Caesar's 

haste in writing is often manifest. 

20. coepti sunt : it may seem strange that the passive should 

be used instead of the active, coeperunt ; but see 143, a ; 
H. 297, 1. 
22. Quod : how is a relative after a period often best rendered ? 
For an example, see note on qui, chap. 1, 1. 13, simplified 
text. 

24. nulli: mark the emphasis from the position. Many similar 

cases occur, notwithstanding A. &. G., p. 389, Rem. 
oppugnandi = oppugnatidnis. 

25. summa nobilitate et gratia : a descriptive ablative ; a 

man of the highest rank and popularity, 

26. praefuerat : render as if an imperfect. The meaning is, he 

had been placed in command and was then in command. 
ex iis : the same as eorum. 

27. legati : as envoys. Compare the use of obsides as an 

appositive, p. 25, 1. 26. 

28. submittatur : can you make out the force of the sub ? 

Chap. 7, 

2. subsidio oppidanis : to aid the people in the town. But 
what literally ? For the construction, see 238, a ; H. 390. 



60 NOTES. 

line 3. quorum adventu : in consequence of their coming. 

5. contenderunt : the subject is hostes, suggested by hosti- 

bus in the preceding sentence. 

6. ab : distant, off, away ; ab is here an adverb. 

ab milibus passuum minus duobus: a word for word 
rendering would be, distant thousands of paces less than 
two y that is, less than two miles distant. 
Page 26, 

30. isdem : see p. 24, 1. 21, and note on simplified text. 

isdem ducibus : the same persons as guides. Compare qui 

legati, p. 26, 1. 27, and note on simplified text. 
qui nuntii : see the preceding note. 
Page 27, 

3. apud oppidum : ad is more usual. 

4. agros . . . depopulati — vicis aedificiisque . . . incen- 

sis : literally, having laid waste the fields — the villages and 
buildings having been burned. Mark how the construction 
changes for want of a deponent verb in place of incendo. 
9. in latitudinem : compare in altitudinem, p. 26, 1. 13. 

Chap. 8, 

2. eximiam . . . virtutis : their eminent reputation for valor. 

3. quid virtute posset : what their real eminence in valor was. 

Compare quid in bello possent, chap. 4, 1. 2. 

7. tantum . . . patebat quantum loci: render as if loci 

depended on tantum instead of quantum, extended over 
as much space as. 

adversus : facing the enemy ; adversus an adjective, agree- 
ing with coUis. 

in latitudinem : laterally. Compare chap 7, 1. 8. 

8. ex utraque parte lateris = ex utroque latere: on, not 

from, both sides ; so ab, below, 1. 10. 
10. ad planitiem redibat: gradually resumed (impf.) a level. 
Caesar describes a hill over against the enemy, having 
steep sides, and a front only broad enough for his army 
when arranged for battle. In front the hill rose with a 
gentle ascent, and at the top blended with the plain. It 
is possible that leniter fastigatus means, as the die- 



NOTES. 61 

tionaries define on this passage and as many editors say, 
gently sloping down ; in which case, ad planitiem redibat 
would mean sank down gradually to the level at its base. This 
attributes an improbable meaning to fastigatus. 
line 12. extremas fossas: at the ends of the trenches; compare in 
chap. 2, 1. 2, interiorem Galliam, the interior of GauL 
castella : there were, then, four. 
17. eductas instruxerant : to make good English, render as if 
eductas were a verb followed by et ; so, very often, when 
a perfect participle and verb are closely connected. 
Page 27, 

10. et . . . et: we do not say loth . . . and so frequently as 

we find et . . . et in Latin ; accordingly it will generally 
be found better to omit in translation the first et, and 
render the second and also. 

11. proelio . . . proeliis: a decisive battle . . . skirmishes. 
14. loco : ablative absolute, as there was a place. 

21. obduxit : Csesar elsewhere commonly uses perduco of run- 
ning a wall or trench. Why obduco here ? Because the 
fossae were dug against the enemy, or to cover his position. 

24. cum . . . instruxisset : Caesar's thought was, according 
to Latin idiom, when 1 shall have drawn up., mstnixero ; 
but such a future perfect of direct speech becomes pluper- 
fect subjunctive in narration, after a past tense in the 
principal clause. 

24. quod . . . poterant : because they were so strong in numbers. 
Find two other similar uses of possum. 

27. si quo opus esset : if there should be need of them anywhere ; 

not, if there should be need of any thing. 

28. subsidio : in meaning and construction like subsidio, p. 

26, 1. 32. 
Chap. 9, 

2. si . . . transirent : to see if our men ivould cross this (banc). 

3. contendebatur : there was fighting. Compare chap. 6, 1. 3, 

sustentatum est. 

4. neutri: neither of the two armies. 

5. secundiore . . . nostris : as the cavalry skirmish proved rather 

favorable to our men. 



52 NOTES. 

line 9. castellum : read over again the last half of chap. 5. 
Caesar makes no mention there of a castellum. 
10. potuissent : the thought was, according to the Latin idiom, 
''if we shall not have been able" (potuerimus) ; but 
such a future perfect of direct speech becomes a pluper- 
fect subjunctive in narration after a past tense. 

Page 28, 

1. nostri autem, etc. : a difficult sentence ; but treat it as 

directed in the Introductory Note, p. 43, only observing 
that si has its usual meaning of if^ and impeditos, when 
they should get stuck fast ^ agrees with hostes understood. 

2. ut . . . adgrederentur : expresses the purpose of parati 

in armis erant. 
9. eo consilio : with this design ; explained by ut castellum 
. . . expugnarent. 
possent : they said to themselves, if we shall he able, pote- 
rimus ; but if we shall not have succeeded, si minus potu- 
erimus ; hence potuissent, when related. See note on 
instruxisset, p. 27, 1. 24. 
12. nobis usui : compare subsidio oppidanis, p. 26, 1. 32. 

Chap. 10, 

3. pugnatum est : contains its own subject, there was fierce 

fighting. See contendebatur, chap. 9, 1. 3, and note. 

4. impeditos : while they were struggling. 

6. circumventos interfecerunt : they surrounded and killed. 

Bead again the note on eductas instruxerant, chap. 8, 
1.17. 

7. spem: subject-accusative of fefellisse ; but translate, that 

they were disappointed in the hope. 
neque : take the negative part with progredi. 

8. ipsos : that is, se ipsos, namely, hostes. 

10. quemque : subject- accusative of reverti. See also note on 

chap. 4, 1. 9. 

11. quorum ... ad eos : you will very often find the relative 

clause preceding the antecedent. In almost all such cases 
the English way of speaking requires us to render the 
antecedent clause first. 



NOTES. 63 

line 13. Quod : thiSy referring to the last two sentences. 

eo consilio : with this design, explained by the following 
clause. 
16. His persuaderi : depends on non poterat. Why did not 
Csesar write, Hi persuaderi . . . non poterant, since 
he means, these could not be persuaded? 230 ; H. 301, 1. 

Page 28, 

19. reliquos . . . conantes : the rest . . . while they were trying. 

21. Hostes : subject of constituerunt, 1. 25, while a pronoun 
referring to hostes may be mentally supplied as subject 
of intellexerunt and viderunt. This sentence illus- 
trates an important principle of Latin order, attention to 
which will be of great aid in translation. When the verb 
of the principal clause and that of the dependent clause 
have the same subject, it is commonly expressed in the 
principal, and left out in the dependent, clause. In 
English we do the opposite. We often begin with the 
dependent clause ; the Latin frames it into the principal 
clause. 

21. ubi : repeat mentally with viderunt and coepit. 

28. ad eos defendendos: illustrates a very common way of 
expressing a purpose. 
Chap. 11, 

1. ea re : that is, to disperse to their homes ; chap. 10, 1. 10. 

2. egressi : the subject is Belgae, understood. 

3. consimilis : altogether like. What is the force of con ? 

4. Caesar : as the subject of veritus and continuit, Caesar 

seems strangely placed in the grip of the ablative absolute ; 
but the position shows by whom the knowledge was got. 
Caesar getting wind of this movement immediately through 
his spies. 

5. veritus : try always to render a participle so as to show its 

logical relation to the main verb, whether of time, cause, 
contrast, or what not ; here, because he feared. 
castris : substantially equivalent to in castris. 

6. qui . . . moraretur : compare qui deduceret, chap. 2, 1. 3, 

and note. 



54 NOTES. 

line 10. ventum erat : they had come. Compare sustentatum est, 
chap. 6, 1. 3 ; contendebatur, chap. 9, 1. 3. 
11. priores : those in advance. 

15. sub : towards. The idea of place being transferred to that 

of time. 
Page 29, 

5. quisque : see p. 25, 1. 3, and note on simplified text, 
primum itineris locum : the first place on the road. 

8. qua . . . discederent : following quod . . . perspexerat. 

16. cum . . . consisterent : since the enemy, at the very extrem- 

ity of the rear, kept making a stand. 
18. priores : et understood ; while those in advance. 

quod : carry on also into the next clause ; and because they 

were not held together (continerentur) . 
21. sine uUo periculo : two ways of expressing "without 

any" in this chapter; for above we have nullo certo 

ordine, without any definite order. 

23. quantum . . . spatium : how great a space of time (diei) 

there was ; that is (they killed as great a number) as the 
length of the time allowed. 

24. seque in castra . . . reoeperunt: and they and their 

pitiless commander probably slept well that night. 
Chap. 12, 

3. ex itinere : see chap. 6, 1. 2, and note. 
oppiignare : means here carry by assault. 

6. omnis . . . multitiido : notice that an adjective and a 

noun are often separated by words depending on the 
noun. Here ex fuga from the position is almost equiva- 
lent to fugientium. 

6. vineis : wooden frames with sloping roof and covered with 

hides, to protect a number of besiegers. 

7. actis : from ago, brought up ; the vineae were often moved 

on wheels. 
aggere iacto : when earth had been thrown into the trench. 
This was done so that wooden towers could be brought 
up near the walls. 
10. ut conservarentur : mark how often a dependent clause 
precedes the one on which it depends. Attention to this 



NOTES. 65 

will often help in unravelling a long sentence. Now see 
qui . . . deduceret, chap, 2, 1. 3 ; quid . . . posset et 
. . . auderent, chap. 8, 11. 3, 4 j qui . . . moraretur, 
chap. 11, 1. 6. 

Page 29, 

line 32. paucis defendentibus : though the defenders were few. 

Page 30, 

1. Castris munitis : after making a fortified camp. The first 

and most important thing, after selecting the site of a 
camp, was to intrench it. That may be all that is meant 
in this instance. 

vineas agere : depends on coepit. 

quaeque . . . comparare : and to get ready whatever, 

2. usui : compare subsidio, p. 26, 1. 32. 
5. quae : the like of which. 

Chap. 13, 

1. obsidibus acceptis : afier receiving hostages, 

armis . . . traditis : it was Caesar's practice to disarm his 

conquered enemies. 

3. Qui cum : the relative is in the right place in Latin, but we 

cannot translate in this order. The natural place for both 
words is at the beginning of a clause ; but when they 
come together, the relative takes precedence. 

5. circiter . . . quinque : only about five miles. 

6. abesset ; governed by cum. 

maiores natu : elders ; seniores would not do. 

7. sese . . . venire : they surrendered to him unconditionally. 
9. pueri : children, as homines often means men and women. 

Page 30, 

9. atque : and besides^ or and in particular. 

17. neque . . . contendere : and that they were not in arms, 

20. passis manibus : pitiful ! 

Chap. 14, 

1. facit verba : intercedes. 

2. in fide . . . fuerunt: havebeen faithful and friendly. 

4. perferre : were enduring. Eor the tense, see 336, A. 



56 NOTES. 

line 5. §ius consili principes : the prime movers in this plan : priu- 
cipes = auctores, authors, 
6. in Britanniaxn profugerunt : as lately Boulanger and 
others have done. 

8. dementia : said of one who has power to exercise the 

opposite, severitas, crudelitas. 
mansuetudine : said of one who is humane and gentle, 
opposed to feritas. 

9. feceris . . . amplific^bis : we say, 'if you do this, you 

will add to ' ; in Latin, * if you shall have done this, 
you will add to.' 
10. qua : 105, d. ; H. 190, 1. 

si qua bella, etc. : hy whose aid and resources they (the 
-/Edui) are accustomed to hear the burden of whatever wars 
befall them. 
Page 30, 

26. perferre . . . defecisse : were enduring , . . had revolted, 
28. quod intellegerent : seeing, ,^. 

31. sua: emphatic ; his own, that is, his well-known, 

32. quod si fecerit : if he should do this ; the subjunctive of 

the future perfect, for which there is no separate form ; 
hence the form of the perfect subjunctive is borrowed. If 
the tense is named by its form, it will be called perfect 
subjunctive; if by its meaning, yw^wrc perfect subjunctive. 
Page 31, 

1. amplificaturum (esse) : the subject must be inferred from 
the subject of fecerit. 
Chap. 15, 

1. honoris . , . causa: out of regard to Divitiacus, 

3. magna . . . auctoritate : one of great influence ; a predicate 
ablative of description ; such an ablative must always 
have a modifier, as here, magna. The genitive may be 
used in the same way, as below, magnae virtutis. On 
the order, see note, chap. 12, 1. 5. 

6. quorum, etc. : translate closely in the order of the Latin ; 
about their character and customs, Ccesar, on inquiry; SO, 
generally, do your best to keep close to the Latin 
order. Read again the Introductory Note, p. 43.. 



NOTES. 57 

line 12. qui . . . dedidissent : for having surrendered ; what would 
be the meaning of qui . . . dediderant ? 

Page 31, 

6. hominum . . . praestabat : was the most populous ; what 
is it literally ? 

12. pati : that they permitted. Supply eos, referring to Nervii, 

as the subject of pati, esse, increpitare, and confir- 
mare. 

13. quod . . . existimarent : observe in the simplified text 

quod . . . existimabant ; why the difference ? 

16. qui . . . dedissent . . . proiecissent : for having surrendered 

- and renounced ; literally, since they had surrendered, 

17. sese : subject-accusative of missuros. 

Chap. 16, 

1. triduum : for three days, accusative of duration. 

2. Sabim : now called the Sambre. 

6. quique : equivalent to et eos qui, and all such as. 

per aetatem : by reason of their age ; that is, whether too 
old or too young. 

7. in eum locum . . . quo : into a place to which. The idea 

of the Latin fully expressed would be, into a place of such 
a character (eum) that to it (quo) there would be no access 
for an army. 319, 2 and note ; H. 500, I. Compare qui 
. . . vidgrentur, immediately preceding. 

8. exercitui : for an army, not necessarily, for Ccesar'^s army. 

Page 31, 

19. Cum . . . fecisset : a temporal cum clause is not always 
best rendered by when, etc. : ajler marching for three 
days. 

24. his . . . persuaserant : observe on p. 29, 1. 1, an exam- 
ple of the impersonal construction of persuadeo in the 
passive : his persuaderi . . . non poterat, it teas not 
possible for these to be persuaded. 

27. coniecisse : the verb implies hurried action, and so differs 
from depono, which Csesar uses in Book IV., 19, of put- 
ting women and children in a place of safety. 



68 NOTES. 

Chap. 17, 

line 2. qui . . . deligant : compare qui deduceret, chap. 2, 1. 3, 
and note ; qui . . . moraretur, chap. 11, 1. 6. 
Cum : since. See note on chap. 6, 1. 8. 

5. demonstrarunt : shortened from demonstraverunt, 128, 

a, 1 ; H. 235. 
inter singulas : between each two; the same mistake, ''be- 
tween each," is common in English. 

6. neque . . . negoti : and it was a matter of no difficulty 

at all. 

7. cum . . . venisset : when the first legion should reach the 

camping ground. In the direct form, venerit, shall have 
reached ; then regularly such a future perfect is changed 
to the pluperfect subjunctive in indirect discourse after a 
past tense. See note on chap 9, 1. 10. 

8. sarcinis: "Besides his arms, the Roman soldier carried 

stakes (valli), used for the palisades of the camp, food 
and utensils, a saw, a spade, a chain for his prisoners, 
and other things. He was loaded like a mule." — Long. 

qua pulsa : if this legion were beaten. 

futurum (esse) : depends on demonstrarunt ; the result 
would be. 

9. Nervii autem: now the Nervii. Nervii is the subject of 

effecerant. This long sentence is not so difficult as it at 
first seems. Follow closely the Latin order to discover 
the sense, render quo in order that, effecerant had caused, 
and instar like. 

11. teneris . . . enatis: bg lopping the trees when young, and 

intertwining the branches which grew out thick in a lateral 
direction ; enatis from enascor. 

12. interiectis : it does not appear possible to take this word 

in the sense given to it in the dictionaries, thrown or 
stuffed in. So Moberly translates, *'by throwing in 
brambles and thorns for the present occasion." But is it 
to be supposed that this was done everywhere ? If not, 
how would the Nervii know where to do it ? Moreover, 
what they had done was done antiquitus, from of old. 
Translate, therefore, by planting among them. 



NOTES. 59 

line 14. quo non modo non . . . sed ne . . . quidem : this for- 
mula, or (without the second non) non modo . . . sed 
ne . . . quidem, is usually awkwardly rendered, not only 
not, but not even. Instead, translate as if the first member 
were complete in itself (suppressing modo), followed by 
nay, nor even, thus : which it was not possible to pass through, 
nay, nor even see through, 

15. HTs rebus : by these obstacles. 

16. non . . . consilium : they ought not to disregard the advice. 

Page 32, 

4. impediment5rum : here, baggage animals ; impedunentis, 
below, baggage. 

9. Adiuvabat: the subject is the long sentence following, 
Nervii . . . effecerant. ^X2iW.^2X^,this circumstance favored 
the advice of those who reported the intelligence, that (quod). 

10. nihil . . . possent : compare quid in bello possent, p. 24, 

1. 25 ; quid virtute posset, p. 27, 1. 12. 

11. neque enim: and in fact . . . not. Observe that enim 

here does not mean /or. 

12. pedestribus valent copiis : compare virtiite . . . valere, 

p. 25, 1. 5. The ablative is ablative of means. 

13. ad eos : that is, the Nervii. 

Chap. 18, 

1. quem locum : / mean the place which. 

3. Ab eo flumine : that is, on the other side. 

4. pari adclivitate collis: a hill of similar upward slope; a 

descriptive ablative. 
ab superiore parte : in the upper part. Ab not seldom 
means on, in, at, by, because the idea of removal {from) 
implies previous contact or nearness, and the latent idea 
is sometimes the most important. 

5. ut: may be considered as referring to an ita suppressed 

with silvestris ; so thickly wooded that. 
non . . . posset : one could not easily see within. Imper- 
sonal expressions, like perspici potest, are common in 
Latin. Mark the mode of translation. 
7. secundum : along, ^roj^etiy following, from sequor. 



60 NOTES. 

Page 32, 

line 24. adversus huic et contrarius : corresponding to this and 
right opposite. 
25. passus . . . apertus : clear of woods for about two hundred 
paces up from its base. 
infimus : ab inferiore parte. 
Chap. 19, 

1. omnibus copiis : Caesar often uses cum omnibus copiis. 

2. consuetudine : according to custom ; just as frequently ez 

consuetudine. 
4. conlocarat: for conlocaverat. See demonstrtrunt, 

chap. 17, 1. 5, and note. 
6. praesidioque impedimentis : compare subsidio oppi- 

danis, chap. 7, 1. 2, and note. 
11. opere dimenso : after laying out the work; the expression 
refers to marking off the ground preparatory to trenching, 
making a rampart, etc. 
castra munire : to make a camp, 

17. in manibus nostris: close upon us. 

18. ad ; towards ; repeat it mentally before eos. 

adverso coUe: straight up the hill; literally, with the hill 
before them ; so perhaps strictly neither an ablative abso- 
lute nor an ablative of the *' way by which." 
Page 32, 

32. ratio ordoque agminis : the plan and the order of marching. 
aliter . . . ac : otherwise than, different from what ; this 
strange idiom looks like an abridged, colloquial expres- 
sion ; probably it was, fully expressed, aliter ac aliter, 
one way and another way. The order of march was one 
way and the Belgse had reported it another way. So I 
have heard a child say, "This is different and that is 
different," meaning '' this is different from that." 
Page 33, 

8. cum : while ; to be repeated mentally with facerent. 
10. neque . . . cedentes insequi auderent: and while our 
men were hesitating to pursue them when they retreated. 
quem ad finem : translate as if it were ad finem ad 
quern, to the line to which the level, clear ground extended. 



NOTES. 61 

line 15. ut . . . confirmaverant : as they had arranged their order 
of battle and ranks within the woods, and as they had encour^ 
aged each other to do. 
Chap. 20, 

2. signum tuba dandum (erat) : in order to call the men to 

take their places in the ranks. Some might not see the 
flag. 

3. signum dandum : this time the signal is for the charge, or 

perhaps to get ready for a charge. 

6. subsidio : dative of end or service, but render as if a nomi- 

native, which might have been used, a help, 

7. commode: modifies praescribere. 

ipsi sibi praescribere . . . poterant: they could direct 
themselves without any orders (ipsi). 

11. nihil: not , , . at all; stronger than non. 

12. per se : on their own responsibility. 
quae videbantur ; whatever seemed best. 

Page 33, 

27. qui : does not refer to milites, but to ii understood. 

aggeris petendi causa : for the purpose of seeking materials 
for a rampart. Mark the position of causa, always fol- 
lowing the genitive depending on it. 
30. his difficult atibus : in this strait; but the words are in the 
dative with subsidio. Find two other instances of this 
construction of two datives. 
32. quid fieri oporteret : the object of praescribere. 
Chap. 21, 

1. necessariis rebus imperatis : when you meet with res, 
ask yourself exactly what it means, and then find a 
proper rendering. Translate, after giving the necessary 
orders. 

4. pristinae : this word is often used of what was formerly 

and still continues. 
neu . . . animo : and not lose presence of mind, 
6. quod . . . aberant : gives the reason of the following, not 
the preceding, clause. 

8. pugnantibus occurrit : he finds them fighting. 



62 



NOTES. 



line 8. Temporls : mark how the important word comes first. 
Take this sentence in thought almost without change in 
the order of the words, then translate. 
tanta . . . exiguitas : so great was the littleness = such was 
the shortness. Translate, so short was the time. 
10. insignia: ''the crests, feathers red and black, and other 
decorations which the soldiers had. ... On the march 
the helmet was not carried on the head. The shields had 
leather coverings when they were not in use." — Long. 

12. Quam . . . devenit : to whatever part of the army each one 

happened to come, 
ab opere : that is, making the camp ; see chap. 19, 1. 11. 

13. quaeque . . . conspexit : and whatever standards he caught 
sight of first. 

quo . . . posset : whither a javelin could he hurled = a javelin 

throw. 
Quam ... in partem: compare the second line of the 

chapter, quisque seems oddly placed, but it is crowded 

out of the first place, where it would like to stand, by 

quam. 

rei militaris . . . ordo : military science and arrangement, 
3. flebat : the result was. 

aliae ... parte : in this idiom the second part only of the 
thought is expressed. ' Other legions were fighting in another 
part ' implies ' some were fighting in one part of the field.' 
So claudus altero pede, lame in the other foot^ implies 
one foot sound. 
6. interiectis : to be taken with saepibus. 

6. ut : so that, conlocari : depends on possent. 

7. in : of reason, because of or owing to, 

8. iniquitate : usually translated unfavorable condition^ or by 
some similar phrase, and such is the common meaning of 
inlquitas ; but the context shows that the meaning here 
is closer to the original sense, that of unevenness ; hence 
we may translate, owing to such inequality in the condition 
of things. 



Page 34, 
13. 

19. 



Chap. 22, 

2. 



NOTES. 63 

Page 34, 
line 25. cum : since, governs impediretur as well as resisterent. 
diversis legionibus: di versus means turned different 
ways, not with united line; hence here, disjoined. Trans- 
late, sj'nce, owing to the legions being separated. 
28. neque certa subsidia : here begins the statement of the 
result ; certa subsidia : subject of poterant. 
neque quid, etc. : nor was it possible to foresee what was needed 
everywhere. After provideri supply mentally poterat, of 
which the whole preceding clause is the grammatical subject. 
Chap. 23, 

1. ut : since. Would the mode of constiterant have been the 

same, if cum had been used in place of ut ? 

2. acie : an old form of the genitive for aciei. 
Atrebates : object of compulerunt. 

6. Ipsi; refers to the subject of interfecerunt ; that is, 

legionis nonae et decimae milites. 
8. diversae = aliae ; what should it mean from its derivation ? 

10. a fronte : along the front. See chap. 18, 1. 4, and note. 

11. ab sinistra parte : on the left. Compare a fr5nte, preceding 

line, and ab superiore parte, chap. 18, 1. 4, and note. 
nudatis castris : as the camp was left unguarded. 

13. aperto latere : on their (the legions') exposed flank. 

14. summum . . . locum: the summit occupied by the camp; 

castrorum is a possessive geuitive. 
Page 35, 

3. ezanimatos . . . confectos : breathless and exhausted by 

wounds, 
his : the ninth and tenth legions. 

4. ea pars : that is, ea pars hostium. 

5. conantes : accusative, agreeing with Atrebates under- 

stood, or a pronoun referring to Atrebates. 
8. resistentes hostes : object of coniecenuit. 
16. sununam imperi : chief command. 

Chap. 24, 

2. cum . . . reciperent : as they were returning, 

6. cum respexissent : on looking back. A cum clause is not 

always best translated by a full clause. 



64 NOTES. 

line 6. praecipites . . . mandabant : ran away as fast as they 
could. What literally ? 

7. eorum : depends on clamor fremitusque. 

8. ferebantur : began to rush. Observe the imperfects followed 

by perfects. The imperfect paints, the perfect describes. 

10. auxili causa : for the purpose of rendering aid — as auxil- 

iaries. 

11. cum : since. See note, chap. 6, 1. 8. 

compleri: this and the following infinitives depend on 
vidissent. 

13. vidissent : the subject is equites Treveri. 

14. rebus : fortunes. How might a clause be substituted here 

in Latin for the ablative absolute ? 

15. pulsos superatosque : supply esse. " 
Page 35, 

21. pulsos : supply esse. 

22. adversis hostibus occurrebant : came straight against the 

enemy. What literally ? 

23. calones . . . ac summo iugo : the porta decumana was 

the rear gate of the camp, opposite the porta praetoria. 
It appears from this passage that the place for the 
calones was at the back of the camp, and that in this 
instance the camp was partly on sloping ground. 
30. virtutis opinio : reputation for valor. 
Page 36, 

2, diversos dissipatosque : running in different directions and 

scattered. 
5. hostes : subject-acausative of potitos (esse). 

Chap. 25, 

2. suos urgeri: that his men were hard pressed; the infinitive 

depends on vidit. 

3. confertos milites : that the soldiers by being crowded together, 
sibi . . . impedimento : hindered one another. 

8. ut . . . posset : so that he could no longer stand, 

9. His rebus : for these reasons. 
tardiores : were losing heart. 

12. subeuntes intermittere : cease mounting the hill. 



NOTES. 65 

line 12. ab utroque latere : on both flanks. Compare ab superi- 
ore parte, chap. 18, 1. 4. 

13. rem . . . angusto : that the situation was critical. What 

literally ? 

14. uni : a peculiar use of unus, quite equivalent to a ; not to 

be imitated in writing Latin. 
17. signa . . . iussit : he ordered them to advance and at the 
same time to open out their ranks. 
Page 36, 

7. Caesar: subject of processit, fifteen lines below. This 

first sentence extending through eighteen lines looks very 
formidable ; but if it is taken in accordance with the 
Introductory Note, p. 43, the meaning will be evident. 
To translate the sentence is more difficult. In translating 
repeat ''''and saw'''' before the words quartae cohortis, 
and render the ablative absolutes by clauses, thus : and 
saw that all the captains of the fourth cohort were killed. 
Then, reliquos esse tardiores, that the rest (in conse- 
quence) were losing heart. 

8. signisque . . . conlatis : and since the standards were 

brought together. Try constantly to make out the relation 
in thought expressed by participles ; that is, whether the 
idea is that of time, when, while^ etc. ; of cause, as, since ; of 
concession, though, notwithstanding : or of condition, accom- 
panying circumstances, etc., to be variously rendered. 
16. ab novissimis : in the rear. So below, 1. 21. Compare ab 
sinistra parte, p. 23, 1. 13. In both places in this chapter 
it would be easy to make the mistake of taking ab in the 
sense of ex, as a substitute for the partitive genitive. 
27. operam navare cuperet : ^^ wished to do his best,'''' What 
literally ? 
Chap. 26, 

3. ut . . . coniungerent : for the legions gradually to draw 

together. 
7. proelio nuntiato : on the report of the battle. 

cursu incitato : quickening their speed. The participle fol- 
lowing is causal ; they began to run because of the report 
of the battle. 



66 NOTES. 

line 10. qui : refers to decimam legionem. What is the gram- 
matical irregularity, and how is it to be accounted for ? 
cum : to be taken with cognovissent. 

quo in loco res esset : what the situation was. What 
literally ? Account for the subjunctive. 
12. nihil . . . fecerunt : left nothing undone in the way of speed. 
What literally ? 
reliqui : neuter of reliquus. A partitive genitive depend- 
ing on nihil. Find a similar construction in chap. 15. 

Page 36, 

31. conver^a signa: the object of inferrent, but most con- 
veniently rendered as coordinate with it, to face about 
and charge. It is thought that by this movement the 
twelfth and the seventh legions formed a circle or a square. 

Page 37, 

1. neque timerent : repeat cum mentally from the preceding 

clause ; and since they (no longer) feared. 
aversi : literally, being turned away ; translate, from their 
rear being unguarded. 

Chap. 27, 

2. vulneribus confecti : badly wounded. What literally ? 
procubuissent : from procumbo. 

3. vero : emphasizes equites, but is better left untranslated ; 

say, while the cavalry. 

4. se . . . praeferrent ; thrust themselves before ; a result clause, 

dependent on tanta . . . est facta. 

5. in extrema spe salutis : '' when all hope of saving themselves 

was at an end.'''' Here a literal translation would be mean- 
ingless or misleading. 

7. proximi . . . insistebant : those nearest would stand upon 

their prostrate companions. 

8. his deiectis : when these (in turn) were thrown down. 

10. intercepta remittebant : would catch and hurl back. See 

eductas instruxerant, chap. 8, 1. 17, and note. 

11. ut, etc. : so that one ought to judge that it was not without cause 

that men of such valor. On iudicare deberet, compare 
perspici posset, chap. 18, 1. 5, and note. 



NOTES. 67 

line 13, quae . . . difficillimis : things which^ most difficult in themselves, 
facilia : a predicate adjective with redegerat. 
Page 37, 

15. innixi : from inmtor, agrees with nostri. 
perterritos : supply esse ; the subject-accusative is hostes. 

16. inermes : agrees with calones, even though unarmed, 

23. qui superessent: the survivors. Supply ii as antecedent 

of qui. 
ut : as. So used p. 34, 1. 23. 

24. conicerent : a result clause, with ut dependent on tantam 

virtuteuft praeatiterunt. 
Chap. 28, 

1. prope : modifies ad, not redacto. 

2. redacto : see the last word of the preceding chapter, 
maiores natu : see chap. 13, 1. 6, and note. 

3. pueris : see chap. 13, 1. 9, and note. 

4. consensu . . . supererant : with the consent of all the sur- 

vivors, 

7. vix ad : to barely ; for ad vix, as some say. 

8. in : towards ; erga might have been used. 

9. videretur : not that he might seem^ but that he might he seen. 
11. se . . . prohiberent : refrain and keep their dependents from ; 

prohibere is appropriate to suos, but hardly to se. 
Page 37, 

31. aestuaria: *'the country lying to the north (the modern 

Zealand) is low and marshy, cut up with tidewater inlets 
and bays." — Allen & Greenough. 

32. cum victoribus, etc. : since they thought there was no obstacle 

for the victors, no safety for the vanquished. 
Page 38, 

4. milibus lx. : they had promised fifty thousand ; see chap. 4. 
It was natural that they should exaggerate their losses. 
Chap. 29, 

1. auxilio Nerviis: compare subsidio oppidanis, chap. 7, 
1. 2, and note. Find other examples of this construction. 

4. unum oppidum : supposed to be at the junction of the 

Sambre and Meuse. 

5. ex omnibus in circuitu partibus : simply, all round. 



68 NOTES. 

line 9. conlocabant : there is a reading, conlocarant. If that is 
the true reading, turn in the preceding line would mean 
besides. 
Page 38, 

10. cum : while. Four lines below cum means though. 
16. aditus . . . pedum : an approach of two hundred feet in 
breadth, not more; pedum depends on aditus. 

21. iis impedimentis : take with depositis, two lines below. 

22. agere ac portare : drive or carry. 

24. una : with it ; that is, the plunder. 

25. cum alias, etc. : since they carried on now aggressive now 

defensive war. What literally ? 
Chap. 30, 

1. primo adventu = cum primum advenisset, as soon as 
our army had got there. 

3. pedum xii. : that is, in altitudinem, which is expressed, 

chap. 5, 1. 19. 

4. oppido : might have been in oppido. Cf . castris, chap. 

11, 1. 5. 
6. vineis actis : actis from ago ; see chap. 12, 1. 6, and note. 
aggere exstructo : an embankment of timber, stones, and 
earth was begun at a distance from the walls of a town, 
wide enough to roll one or more towers upon, and was 
carried forward by soldiers working under the shelter of 
the vineae up to the defensive works. 

6. c5nstitui : being raised. 

7. ab tanto spatio : so far away. Compare ab milibus, 

chap. 7, 1. 6, and note. 

8. quibusnam manibus : with what hands, pray ; nam added 

for emphasis, to point their sarcasm. 
10. conlocare : strangely used for conlocaturos (esse). The 
Aduatuci may have thought that the Romans intended to 
hoist the tower upon their wall, or they may have been 
joking. Which is more likely ? 
Page 39, 

5. hominibus . . . contemptui: another pair of datives. 

Find other examples. The Italians of the present time do 
not strike one as conspicuously shorter than the Germans. 



NOTES. 69 

line 5. magnitudine : being contrasted with brevitas, is used in 
the sense of altitudine. 
Chap. 31, 

1. mover! : moving. This word here has suggested a change 

of conlocare, in the last line of the preceding chapter, to 

moturos, a very plausible conjecture, but it spoils the 

joke of the Aduatuci. 

5. qui : since they. Compare qui . . . dedidissent, chap. 15, 

1. 12, and note. 
8. pro sua dementia : according to his well-known clemency. 
See chap. 14, 1. 8, and note. What did they think of his 
clemency when he sold 53,000 of them into slavery ? 
11. traditis armis = si arma tradidissent, if they should sm^- 

render their arms. 
13. per cruciatum interfici: to be tortured to death. What 
literally ? 
Page 39, 

16. statuisset : not had decided, but should decide. No mistake 
is oftener made by beginners than in the rendering of a 
pluperfect subjunctive of indirect discourse representing 
a future perfect of direct discourse. Such a subjunctive 
is to be rendered by the auxiliary should, not had. To 
tell whether a pluperfect subjunctive represents a future 
perfect, think what form a speaker's words would take, 
remembering that the Komans commonly used the future 
or future perfect of things really future, while we very 
often use the present. 
Chap. 32, 

1. consuetudine : ablative of cause. 

3. aries: *'a long, strong beam of wood, furnished with an 

iron head in the form of a ram's head. It was suspended 
from a framework by a strong chain or ropes, and worked 
by men, who drove it against the wall." — Long. 

4. in Nerviis : in the case of the Nervii ; a common meaning of 

in with names of persons. 

5. ne quam . . . inferrent : not to do any harm to those who 

had surrendered to the Roman people. 



70 NOTES* 

line 7 facere : one would expect the future with subject- accusar 
tive, se facturos (esse). Compare conlocare, for con- 
locaturos esse, chap. 30, 1. 10. 
9. prope . . . adaequarent: came up almost to the very top ; 

summam with altitudinem. What literally ? 
12. pace sunt usi = conquieverunt, kept quiet. 

Chap. 33, 

3. nostros : our commanders, subject-accusative of deductu- 

ros and servaturos (esse) . 
praesidia : men stationed in the castella ; see below. 

4. deducturos . . . servaturos : observe how frequently. 

esse is omitted with the future participle. 
denique: at any rate. What is its usual meaning ? 

5. tertia vigilia: the Romans divided the night into four 

equal divisions, watches, of about three hours each. 
9. eo concursum est ; the soldiers hurried thither. What lit- 
erally ? Find similar constructions in chaps. 6, 9, 10, 11. 

10. in extrema spe salutis : compare chap. 27, 1. 5, and note. 
The context shows, however, that the meaning is not 
quite the same here. Translate, as their last chance of 
saving themselves, 

14. nemo : observe the emphasis from its position. Compare 
in English, ''Silver and gold have I none.'' nemo and 
nuUus are often so placed. Cf. nuUi, chap. 6, 1. 10. 

16. ab iis qui emerant = ab emptoribus: by the purchasers, 

who were the mercatores, traders who followed the 
army as hungry sharks follow a ship. 
capitum: we say ''souls." It depends on quinquaginta 
trium. 

17. quinquaginta trium : 53,000 captives, probably chained 

in gangs and sent to be sold in the Province and in 
Italy ; a source of great gain to the general. 
Page 40, 

4. milites . . . militibus : another evidence of haste. See 
p. 26, 1. 19, and note. 

6. ne quam . . . iniuriam : see p. 39, 1. 28, and note. 
9. iis : with armis. Observe the order of the words. 



NOTES. 71 

line 10. viminibus intextis : repeat mentally ex before these 
words. Some supply factis. 

16. pugnatumque, etc. : translate as if hostibus and viris 

were subjects. 

17. ut . . . debuit : as brave men ought to fight. What literally ? 

18. iacerent : the subjunctive shows that the remark is a gen- 

eral one. The indicative would have a limiting force. 

The difference can hardly be brought out in translation. 

In the former case we may render, against men who could 

throw ; in the latter, against those who were throwing, 
20. ad = circiter. 
Chap. 34, 

2. miserat : had sent, that is, before the defeat of the Adua- 

tuci. 
6. dicionem : under the sway ; in some texts, in deditionem. 

If that reading is correct, the meaning would be, were 

brought to surrender. 
Chap. 35, 

1. pacata : see p. 23, 1. 7, and note. 

4. qui . . . pollicerentur : compare p. 23, 1. 19, qui . . . 

deduceret ; p. 29, 1. 12, qui . . . moraretur ; p. 31, 1. 30, 

qui . . . deligant. 
6. inita proxima aestate : see p. 23, 1. 18, and note. 

10. ex litteris : in consequence of the letters, 

11. supplicatio: a public, religious festival of thanksgiving, 

decreed by the senate. '' The fifteen days' rejoicing 
marks the constant fear of the Gauls which had haunted 
the Romans ever since the 'dies Alliensis.' Kraner 
remarks that the longest ' supplicatio ' till this had been 
one of twelve days, for Pompeius' success against Mith- 
ridates." — Moberlt. 
niilli : see p, 40, 1. 22 ; also p, 26, 1. 24, and note. 



EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 



The references are to the Grammars of Allen and Greenougb, and Harkness. 

The learner is expected, before writing the Exercises, to review the Latin text, 
and find therein and commit to memory illustrations of the grammatical principles 
selected. 

Chapter I. 

1. Indirect Discourse : 336, 1 and 2 ; H. 523 and I. 

2. Cum Temporal with Subjunctive: 325 ; H. 521, II. and 2. 

3. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing; 331, f. ; H. 498, III. 

1. Caesar was in hither Gaul. 

2. Reports were brought into hither Gaul. 

3. While Labienus was in Gaul, the Belgae made a league.^ 

4. A report is brought that^ the Belgae are conspiring. 

5. They are afraid that our army is coming^ against them. 

6. They are vexed ^ that our army remains in Gaul. 

7. Csesar feared that the Belgae were conspiring. 

8. Letters kept coming/ while they were conspiring. 

Notes. — ^ made a league : one word in Latin. 2 Be careful about 
the that clause in this and the following sentence. Recall the text to 
memory and mentally apply the rules. ^ is coming : use venio. * are 
vexed : in Latin one of the expressions, like rumores adferebantur, 
requiring the accusative and inlQnitive. ^ kept coming : one word in 
Latin. 

Chapter II. 

1. Relative Clauses of Purpose : 317, 2 and N. ; H. 497, I. 

2. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse : 336, 1 and 2 ; H. 523 
and 1. 

1. In hither Gaul there ^ were two legions. 

2. Two new legions Caesar levies. 

72 



EXEKCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 73 

3. The two new legions are sent into the interior of Gaul. 

4. Caesar sends his lieutenant to lead ^ them.^ 

5. Pedius was sent to lead the new legions. 

6. The Senones report that the Belgians are gathering.* 

7. The Senones informed Caesar about the Belgians. 

Notes. — i there : omit. 2 to lead : do not express a purpose in Latin 
by the infinitive. ^ them : eas. * are gathering : a passive form in 
Latin, because the sense is, ai-e being collected together. 

Chapter III. 

1. Ablative of Means : 248, 8, c ; H. 420. 

2. Ablative with potior, utor, etc. : 249 ; H. 421, L 

3. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse : 336, 2 ; H. C23, L 

1. Caesar came unexpectedly to the borders of the Eemi. 

2. The Eemi said they had not combined^ against the 
Eoman people. 

3. They said they were ready to give hostages. 

4. All the rest of the Belgae^ had joined^ with the Germans. 
6. They aided Caesar with corn and other ^ things. 

6. The Eemi and their ^ kinsmen enjoy the same laws. 

Notes. — ^ they had not combined: themselves not to have combined. 
2 of the Belgse : not the genitive. ^ had joined : in Latin, had joined 
themselves, if you use coniungo. * aliis. ^ their : omit. 

Chapter IV. 

1. Indirect Questions : 334 ; H. 529, 1. 

2. Substantive Clauses of Result : 332 ; H. 501. 

1. Whence ^ did very many of the Belgae ^ spring ? 

2. Caesar asked whence very many of the Belgae sprung. 

3. What states are in arms ? 

4. Caesar asked what states were in arms. 



74 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

5. While Divitiacus was king, lie was most powerful. 

6. From Galba's foresight and justice it results that he 
is a powerful king. 

7. From the valor of the Bellovaci it came about that 
they demanded the management^ of the war. 

Notes. — i Whence: unde. ^ of the Belgse: not the genitive. 
3 management : summa. 

Chapter V. 

1. Interest with Gen. of Person : 222 ; H. 406, III. 

2. Infin. with Subject-Accus. as Subject ; 270 ; H. 538. 

3. Infin. with Subject-Accus. as Object ; 272 and Rem. ; H. 534. 

1. The children of the leading men are brought to Caesar 
as hostages. 

2. He orders all the children to be brought to him.^ 

3. It concerns Csesar for ^ the senate to come to him. 

4. It concerns Divitiacus to send the forces of the ^dui. 

5. Caesar sees that ^ the forces of the Belgse are hastening. 

6. He learns that the Axona is not far away. 

7. This river he crossed^ and protected his camp by- 
means of its banks. 

Notes. — i him : in Latin, hitnseJf. ^ for : not to be expressed in 
Latin. ^ tj^^t : be careful about Mai-clauses. * he crossed : use 
transeo. 

Chapter VI. 

1. Ablative of Separation : 243 ; H. 413. 

2. Cum Causal with Subjunctive : 326 ; H. 517. 

3. Ablative Absolute : 255 and Note on p. 262 ; H. 431. 

1. The enemy formed a testudo and advanced close to^ 
the wall. 

2. The enemy having hurled stones ^ made a testudo. 



EXEECISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 75 

3. Since there were so many,^ they undermined the wall. 

4. They easily cleared the walls of soldiers. 

5. The Belgae having cleared the wall made an attack. 

6. Having made an attack * they threw missiles against 
the wall. 

7. Since the missiles were many, no one was able to 
stand on the wall. 

Notes. — i advanced close to : one word in Latin. 2 having hurled 
stones : you must say, stones having been hurled. Why ? ^ go many : 
tot. * having made an attack : why not impetum facti ? 

Chapter VII. 

1. Ablative of Cause : 245 ; H. 416. 

2. Perfect Participles of Deponents : 135, b. ; H. 231, 2. 

1. At midnight archers and slingers were sent by Caesar 
to the town. 

2. On account of the assistance of the archers and 
slingers, the people in the town ^ had good hopes. 

3. The enemy had no hope of taking ^ the town, because 
of the coming of Caesar's soldiers. 

4. Caesar, delaying^ a little while, sent aid to Iccius. 

5. Iccius, after laying waste the fields, hastened to Cae- 
sar's camp. 

Notes. — 1 people in the town : one word in Latin. 2 of taking : 
expugnandi. ^ delaying : not present participle. 

Chapter VIII. 

1. Indirect Questions: 334 ; H. 529, I. 

2. Partitive Genitive : 216 ; H. 396, IV. 

1. What can the enemy do by their valor ? 

2. Caesar tries what the valor of the enemy is capable of .^ 



76 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

3. How much do our men dare ? 

4. Caesar makes trial of the daring ^ of his men. 

5. How much space can Caesar's army occupy ? 

6. Caesar explains^ over how much space the hill ex- 
tended in front. 

Notes. — i is capable of : can, 2 the daring of, etc. : recast the sen- 
tence mentally before translating, thus: Ccesar makes trial what his 
men dare. ^ explains : docet. 

Chapter IX. 

1. Clauses of Purpose : 317 and 1 ; H. 497, II. 

2. The Gerundive: 113, d, 2 and 296; H. 644, I. 

1. He begins to ^ cross the river. 

2. They began to lead their forces across. 

3. They lead their forces over in order to take the redoubt. 

4. Caesar has shown that the river was behind him.^ 

5. They will cross so as to lay waste the lands of the Eemi. 

Notes. — ^ He begins to : makes a beginning of, 2 him : should it be 
eum or se ? 

Chapter X. 

1. Passive of Intransitive Verbs : 230 ; H. 301, 1. 

2. Accusative of Limit : 258, b and N. 1 ; H. 380, II. 2. 

3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose : 331 and N. 1 ; H. 498. 

1. Those of the Belgse who were not killed returned home. 

2. They resolve to fight in their own territories. 

3. They decide that it is best ^ to lead over their army. 

4. Divitiacus cannot be persuaded ^ to advance to an un- 
favorable place. 

5. The ^dui were persuaded to return to their homes. 

6. The enemy advancing into the river were surrounded. 

Notes. — i that it is best: it to be best, 2 recast the clause, before 
trying to turn it into Latin. 



EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 77 

Chapter XI. 

1. Ablative of Time : 266 ; H. 429. 

2. Perfect Participles : 290, d. 1 and 2 ; H. 650, N. 4. 

1. On the departure of the enemy Caesar sent ahead all 
his cavalry. 

2. At sunset the three legions returned ^ into camp. 

3. In the second watch they attacked the enemy's rear. 

4. The Belgae, fearing ^ an attack, set out at daybreak. 

5. The spies, having seen ^ the fugitives, bring back word.'* 

6. Caesar, after keeping his soldiers in camp, ordered 
Labienus to set out. 

Notes. — ^ returned : two words in Latin. 2 fearing . the participle 
veritus does not usually denote time prioi^ to that of the main verb in 
the sentence, like most perfect participles, but the same time. ^ having 
seen : do not say visi. * bring back word : one word in Latin. 

Chapter XII. 

1. Ablative of Cause, 245 ; H. 413. 

2. Ablative Absolute : 255 and Note on p. 262 ; H. 431. 

1. Caesar could not take the town on account of the great 
number ^ of the Suessiones. 

2. Owing to^ the works of the Komans, their "vineae" 
and towers, the Suessiones send envoys.^ 

3. The next day Caesar made a forced march and * tried 
to take the town. 

4. The townsmen,^ making a surrender, got their request.^ 

5. Because of their surrender they got their request. 

6. The surrender made, they were spared.^ 

Notes. — i great number : one word in Latin. 2 Owing to : like ** on 
account of," not separately expressed in Latin. ^ envoys : use legatus. 
* made a forced march and : a different turn in Latin. ^ townsmen : 
use oppidanus. ^ got their request : one word. 230 ; H. 301, 1. 



tS EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

Chapter XIII. 

1. Cum Temporal with Subjunctive : 325 ; H. 521, II. 2. 

2. Constructions with peto : 239, c. N. 1 ; H. 374, 2, N. 4. 

1. When the arms had been given up/ the elders came 
forth. 

2. All the elders came out of Bratuspantium and begged 
Csesar for peace.^ 

3. Caesar, when he had received their submission, asked 
the men for their ^ arms. 

4. According to their ^ custom they stretched out their 
hands and asked the Romans for peace. 

Notes. — i Render this clause in two ways : first by two words, then 
by a full clause. So each of the three following sentences contains a 
clause to be rendered in two ways. ^ Caesar for peace : quite other- 
wise in Latin. ^ their : omit. ^ their : is this to be expressed by 
eorum? 

Chapter XIV. 

1. Ablative of Means : 248, 8, c ; H. 420. 

2. Ablative with utor, etc. : 249 ; H. 421, I. 

1. Divitiacus intercedes for the conquered Belgse. 

2. Divitiacus begs that Caesar will show ^ clemency. 

3. Caesar will exercise kindness toward the Belgse. 

4. By the help of the Belgse the ^dui sustain wars. 

5. Divitiacus says the chiefs had fled to ^ Britain. 

6. If you show ^ clemency, you will increase our influence. 

7. Whatever ^ war befalls, by means of their ^ resources 
we shall be able to hold out. 

Notes. — ^ will show : not the future in Latin. 2 to : not ad. ^ show : 
not well rendered by present indicative. ^ whatever : if any, ^ their: 
edrum. 



EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 79 

Chapter XV. 

1. Partitive Genitive : 216 ; H. 396, IV. 

2. Ablative of Quality : 251 ; H. 419, II. 

3. Causal Relative Sentences : 320, e ; H. 517. 

1. The territories of the Nervii border on the Ambiani. 

2. The Nervii blame the Ambiani for having surrendered.^ 

3. The Nervii have ^ great influence among the Belgae. 

4. They use no wine, because it weakens ^ character. 

5. Those men think minds lose energy through wine. 

Notes. — ^ f or having surrendered: turn by a relative clause. 
2 have : say are (men) of. ^ because it weakens ; a relative clause with 
subjunctive, to indicate their view, as distinguished from a statement 
of fact. 

Chapter XVI. 

1. Comparative amplius, etc. : 247, c. ; H. 417, N. 2. 

2. Accusative of Time and Space : 256 and 257 ; H. 379. 

1. The Nervii were distant a three days' march. 

2. Caesar finds out that they are ten miles distant. 

3. He learns from prisoners what the Nervii are doing. ^ 

4. They have taken a position more than five miles from 
the Sambre. 

5. He learns from prisoners that he ^ is waited for by the 
Nervii. 

Notes. — i are doing : be careful about the mode. ^ that he : himself. 

Chapter XVII. 

1. Use of quisquam : 202, c. ; H. 457. 

2. Relative Clauses of Purpose: 317 ; H. 497, I. 

3. Substitutes for Partitive Gen. : 216, c. ; H. 397, N. 3. 

1. Certain of the Belgae went by night to the camp of 
the Nervii. 



80 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

2. Caesar says that certain men went ^ to the Nervii. 

3. Many of the prisoners found out about the legions. 

4. They were sent to their friends to report ^ the matter. 

5. To lop trees is a matter^ of no difficulty at all. 

6. Men were sent ahead to select * a suitable place. 

Notes. — i went : to have gone. 2 to report: not the infinitive. 
3 matter, etc. : recast, before trying to turn into Latin. * to select : 
try two ways. 

Chapter XVIII. 

1. Descriptive Ablative : 251 ; H. 419, IL 

2. Clauses of Result; 319 ; H. 500, I. and II. 

1. Along the river Sambre were trees ^ of great height.^ 

2. Among these trees the Nervii keep themselves hidden. 

3. So ^ close together ^ were these trees that the Romans 
could not see through. 

4. The river is of such depth that men can cross. 

5. On the open ground are pickets of great courage. 

Notes. — ^ trees : arbor, fern. 2 height : the same word that means 
depth, 3 So : ita. * close together : creber. 

Chapter XIX. 

1. Dative of Service : 233 a ; H. 390. 

2. Imperfect of Repeated Action : 277 ; H. 469, II. 

3. Ablative of Manner : 248 and Rem. ; H. 419, III. 

1. The cavalry of the enemy kept making attacks. 

2. They would attack our horsemen with great courage. 

3. These horsemen had been sent ahead by Caesar as a 
protection to the camp. 

4. Again and again did the enemy pour forward from 
the woods, where they had hidden. 

5. The slingers and archers helped ^ the horsemen. 



EXEECISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 81 

6. With, great speed they would run as far as ^ the woods. 

7. With wonderful bravery they engage in battle with 
the Nervii. 

Notes. — i helped : two words in Latin. 2 as far as : ad, or 
usque ad. 

Chapter XX. 

1. The Gerundive : 113, d. ; H. 234. 

2. Dative of Apparent Agent : 232 ; H. 388. 

3. Ablative of Agent with a or ab ; 246 ; H. 415, I. 

1. The soldiers are directed ^ by Caesar. 

2. The soldiers must be directed by Caesar. 

3. The flag was displayed by the soldiers. 

4. The flag had to be displayed by the soldiers. 

5. Experience is often helpful ^ to soldiers. 

6. The work is hindered by ^ the near approach * of the 
enemy. 

Notes. — i are directed: use doceo. ^ helpful: turn by a noun. 
3 by the near approach : why not a or ab ? * near approach : one 
word. 

Chapter XXI. 

1. Ablative of Gerundive with Prepositions : 301 ; H. 544, 2. 

2. Gerundive Construction instead of Gerund: 296 ; H. 544, 1. 

3. Purpose expressed by Gerundive : 318 and b ; H. 544, 2, N. 2, 

1. In looking for his shield a soldier lost time. 

2. Time is wanting for putting on a helmet. 

3. Seeing ^ the standards, each one went forward. 

4. A line was drawn up ^ to resist ^ the enemy's charge. 

5. Caesar encouraged the tenth legion for the purpose of 
strengthening * their courage. 

Notes. — i seeing : not the gerundive. ^ a line was drawn up : see 
chap. XX. 3 resist : sustlneo. * strengthening : use confirmo. 



82 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

Chapter XXII. 
Clauses of Result with ut (ut non) : 319 ; H. 500, II. 

1. So dense was the hedge that it obstructed the view. 

2. The result was that no legion could execute orders. 

3. One legion opposes the foe in one part, another in an- 
other. 

Chapter XXIII. 

1. Place to which : 258 ; H. 380, I. 

2. Place from which : 258 ; H. 412, I. 

3. Place in which : 258, 4, and 260, b. ; H. 425, 1. 

1. The Roman soldiers drive the enemy, exhausted by 
wounds, into an unfavorable place. 

2. They followed them up from the left part of the line. 

3. As they attempted to cross ^ the river, a great part of 
them were put to the sword. 

4. In another part many of the Belgians were killed. 

5. On the front the Belgae pushed for the camp. 

6. But at last they were put to flight. 

Note. — ^ As they attempted to cross : express the first three words 
by a participle, first recasting the sentence. 

Chapter XXIV. 

1. Position of causa with genitive : 245, c. 

2. Temporal Clauses with cum : 325 ; H. 521, II. 2. 

1. The Bomans see that the horsemen are scared. 

2. Horsemen were coming to Caesar to render aid. 

3. When the camp-followers had gone out for the purpose 
of plundering, they saw that our men were fleeing. 

4. Seeing the slingers flee,^ they fled themselves.^ 

Notes. — ^ flee, to flee. 2 themselves : use ipse. 



EXERCISES ON SJJklPLIFIED TEXT. 83 

Chapter XXV. 

1. Ablative Absolute : 255 and a. ; H. 431, 4. 

2. Perfect Participles of Deponents : 290, d. ; H. 195, 2. 

3. Substitutes for Perf . Act. Parte. : 290, d. 2 ; H. 550, N. 4. 

1. Caesar saw that the soldiers of the twelfth legion were 
hard pushed. 

2. Caesar, seeing ^ the soldiers of the twelfth legion hard 
pushed, went to the right wing. 

3. As^ all the standard-bearers were wounded, the stand- 
ards were lost. 

4. Then Caesar snatched a shield from a soldier. 

5. The soldiers renewed their courage and delayed^ the 
enemy's attack. 

Notes. — i seeing: not well rendered videns; try casting into a 
clause — first with ubi, then with cum. 2 as . . . wounded : use a 
participial construction. ^ renewed and delayed : it is better not to 
turn into Latin by coordinate verbs. 

Chapter XXVI. 

1. Partitive Genitive : 216; H. 397. 

2. Indirect Questions : 334 ; H. 529, I. & II. 

3. Dative of Service and of Object : 233 and a. ; H. 390. 

1. One was sent for assistance to another.^ 

2. The soldiers of two legions guarded the baggage.^ 

3. He saw in how great peril the camp was. 

4. They will leave nothing undone ^ in point of courage. 

5. He will report to me in what state the army is. 

6. He saw that the tenth was fighting very bravely. 

Notes. — 1 another : bring the two forms of alius together. 
2 guarded the baggage : make a different turn. ^ leave nothing un- 
done : a strange Latin idiom. 



84 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

* Chapter XXVII. 

1. Temporal Clauses with cum : 325 ; H. 521, 2. 

2. Clauses of Result with ut (ut non) : 319 ; H. 500, II. 

3. Clauses of Purpose with ut (ne, ut ne) ; 317 ; H. 497, II. 

1. So great is the courage of the Nervii that they fight 
from the heaps of corpses. 

2. Ascending ^ very high banks, they displayed the great- 
est courage. 

3. They dared to cross a wide stream in order to renew 
the fight. 

4. The cavalry, to wipe out ^ their disgrace, advance even 
into a disadvantageous position. 

6. The greatness of their spirit rendered difficult things 
easy. 

Notes. — ^ ascending : turn by a clause with cum. ^ To wipe out ; 
not the infinitive. 

Chapter XXVIII. 

1. Ablative of Separation: 243; H. 413. 

2. Substitutes for Partitive Genitive : 216, c ; H. 397, N. 3. 

3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut (ne) : 331 ; H. 498. 

1. Of five hundred senators, three were left. 

2. Out of forty thousand men, four hundred were able to 
bear arms. 

3. Caesar will keep their ^ neighbors from doing ^ harm. 

4. The name and nation of the Nervii are reduced ^ almost 
to destruction. 

5. He orders the neighboring people to refrain from 
doing harm to the Nervii. 

Notes. — - 1 their : not a form of suus. ^ doing : omit. » reduced ; 
the Latin participle used as an adjective in the neuter plural. 



EXEKCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 86 

Chapter XXIX. 

1. Limit of Motion: 258 and b ; H. 380 and 2. 

2. Accusative of Duration of Time : 256 ; H. 379. 

3. Locative Ablative with Preps. : 260, b ; H. 425, L 

1. They carry all their property into one town. 

2. During two days they hold out very bravely. 

3. For many years they were harassed by the Gauls. 

4. On two sides they have high rocks ; on another, a wall. 

5. Leaving six thousand men this side ^ the Ehine, they 
return ^ home. 

Notes. — i this side: cis. 2 return : commonly reverter in the 
present, reverti in the perfect. 

Chapter XXX. 

1. Ablative of Time when : 256 ; H. 429. 

2. Imperfect of Repeated Action : 277 ; H. 469, IL 

3. Perfect of Completed Action : 279 ; H. 471, I. and 6. 

1. On the day of our arrival frequent sallies were made 
by the enemy from the town. 

2. During the first days they taunted us from the walls. 

3. At a distance the soldiers made an " agger '^ and a tower. 

4. Then the Aduatuci began to jeer.^ 

5. Can ^ men of such little stature place a tower on our wall? 
Notes. — ^ jeer: two words in Latin. 2 i3egiii with num. 

Chapter XXXI. 

1. Causal Relative Clauses : 320, e ; H. 517. 

2. Dative with certain Intrans. Verbs : 227 ; H. 385. 

3. Future Conditions less vivid : 307, b ; H. 509, N. 1. 

1. They surrender to Caesar, since he is so powerful.^ 

2. The envoys say the enemy are jealous of their ^ valor. 



86 EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 

3. It is better to endure death than slavery. 

4. If Caesar should rob the Aduatuci of their arms,^ they 
would be killed. 

6. Their enemies would kill them, if they should sur- 
render their arms. 

6. It is better to persuade them to give up their arms. 

Notes. — ^ is so powerful : can so much (tantum). ^ their: express 
by the reflexive pronoun. ^ of their arms : not the genitive. 

Chapter XXXIL 

1. Ablative of Cause : 245 ; H. 416. 

2. Clauses of Result with ut (ut non) : 319 ; H. 500, II. 

3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut (ne) : 331 ; H. 498. 

1. They order the people to deliver up their arms. 

2. Through Caesar's orders, no wrong will be inflicted. 

3. Caesar spared, according to his custom, those who had 
surrendered.^ 

4. Caesar orders the neighbors of the Nervii not to 
harm them.^ 

5. There is so great a quantity of arms in the town that 
a third part is concealed. 

Notes. — ^ those who had surrendered : one word in Latin. 2 them : 
dative. 

Chapter XXXIII. 

1. Causal Clauses with cum : 326 ; H. 517. 

2. Ablative Absolute : 255 and a ; H. 431, 4. 

3. Pass, of Intrans. Verbs used impersonally: 230; H. 465, 1. 

1. ^The Aduatuci fought very spiritedly. 

2. ^ Thither hasten all the forces of the town. 

3. After the shutting ^ of the gates, the townsmen formed 
a plan. 



EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT. 87 

4. Since they had been driven back, they no longer^ 
defended themselves. 

5. Now ^ that the town was occupied, the booty was sold. 

Notes. — ^ Use the passive construction. 2 After the shutting : turn 
in two ways. ^ no longer : non iam. * Now that the town was 
occupied : turn in two ways. 

Chapter XXXIV. 

1. Ablative of Agent with a (ab) : 246 ; H. 415, I. 

2. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse ; 336, 2 ; H. 523, I, 

1. All the maritime states were subdued by Csesar. 

2. Caesar says that the maritime states have been reduced. 

3. At this time P. Crassus had been sent with one legion. 

4. Crassus informs Csesar that one legion has been sent 
50 the Veneti. 

5. The Veneti, to whom one legion had been sent, border 
on the ocean. 

Chapter XXXV. 

1. Kelative Clauses of Purpose : 317, 2 ; H. 497, I. 

2. Verbs of Promising, Hoping, etc. : 330, f. ; 535, II. 

3. Dative with Certain Adjectives ; 234, a ; H. 391, I. 

1. The embassies promised to return ^ the next summer. 

2. Near the Ehine were many nations of barbarians. 

3. These barbarians promised to do Caesar's bidding. 

4. The barbarians send men to give ^ hostages. 

5. So great was the joy ^ that a thanksgiving was decreed. 

Notes. — 1 to return: in the Latin idiom, themselves to he going to 
eturn, 2 to give : put in two ways. ^ joy : gaudium. 



VOCABULARY. 



If the learner, as often as he refers to this vocabulary for the meaning of a word, 
will glance over the group of words given in the Et^-mological Vocabulary under the 
same root, he will find his knowledge of the relations and meaning of words, and 
consequently his power to read Latin, rapidly increase. 



A or Ab (abs), prep. w. abl. 
[APA-], from, away from, 6, 
13, 18, 24, 25 ; at the hands of, 
31, 33 ; awaij, at a distance of, 7, 
30; in, on, at, 23, 25; by, 1, 5, 
9, etc. 

Ab-do, 3, -did!, -ditum [2 DA-], 
put away ; hide, 19. 

Ab'sum, -esse, afuT [ES-], be 
away from, 11 ; be distant, 4, 5, 
6, 13, 16, 17, 21; with a or ab 
and abl. 

Ac, see At • que. 

Ac • cedo (adc-), 3, -cessi, -cessum 
[CAD-], go towards, approach, 
13, w. ad and ace. ; arise, increase 
in, 7, with dat. 

Accido (adc), 3, -cidT, 

[CAD-], fall to or towards ; be- 
fall, happen, 35; w. dat. Cf. 
incido, evenio. 

Ac-cipio (adc-), 3, -cepi, -cep- 
tum [CAP-], tal-e to one's self; 
accept, 15 ; receive, 13 ; suffer, 33. 

Acervus, -T, m. [1 AC-], thing 
brought to a point; pile, heap, 
32. 



Acies, el- (-e, 23), f. [1 AC-], 

edge ; line of battle, army, 8, 9, 
_ 19, 20, 23, 25. 
Acr-iter, adv. [1 AC-], sharply ; 

fiercely, desperately, 10, 33. 
Ad, prep. w. ace, to, towards, 8, 13, 

28, etc. ; up to, 17 ; near, 4, 19, 

21, 33 ; for, 1, 4, 8, 21, etc. ; after, 

according to, 31. 
Ad -aequo, 1 [IC-, AIC-], make 

equal to, equal, 32. 
Ad- clivis (ace-), -e, adj. [CLI-], 

sloping upward, 29. Cf . declivis. 
Ad • clivitas (ace-), -atis, f. 

[CLT-], upward slope, rise, 18, 

Cf. d-eclivitas, delectus. 
Ad • com • modo (aceonm-), 1 

[2 MA-, MAD-], fit or adapt to; 

put on, 21. Cf. induo. 
Ad • dueo, 3, -duxT, -ductum 

[DVC-], lead or bring to, 6; 

lead up, 1 ; w. ad and ace. 
Ad-eo, -Tre, -IT, -itum [1 I-], go 

to ; reach, get at, 7. 
Ad • f ero (aff-) , -f erre, attulT, al- 

latum [1 FER-], bring or carry 

to, 1. 



90 



VOCABULARY. 



Ad • finitas (aff-), -atis, r. [2 
¥ID-], relationship by marriage, 
4. Cf. propinquitas. 

Ad-gredior (agg-), 3, -gressus 
[GKAD-], go to, approach; at- 
tack, 1), 10. Cf. adorior. 

Ad'icio, 3, -ieci, -iectuin [IA-, 
1AC-], throw to or against; hurl, 

' cast, 21. 

Ad • itus, -us, M. [1 I-, AT-], going 
to, approach, IG, 29 ; access, ad- 
mittance, 15. 

Ad • iuvo, 1, -iuvT, -iutum [DIV-, 
DI-, DIAV-], help, aid, 17. 

Administro, 1 [2 MAN-, MI-], 
put the hand to ; attend, to, 20, 22. 

Ad orior, 4, -ortus [0L-, OR-], 
rise up against; attack, 11, 17. 
Cf. adgredior. 

Adpropmquo (app ),1 [PARC-, 
PLEC-], come near to, approach, 
10, 31, w. dat. ; 19, w. ad and 
ace. Cf. subeo, succed(3. 

Aduatuci, -5rum, m., tribe, origi- 
nally German, in Belgian Gaul, 
on left bank of the Maas, 4, 16, 
29, 31. 

Ad ventus, -us, m. [BA-, VA-, 
VEN-], coming to or drawing 
near; approach, arrival, 1, 16, 
25, 27, 30. Cf. successus, aditus. 

Ad -versus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 
adverto) [VERT-], turned to or 
towards; opposite, in the face, 
8, 18, 24 ; ad verso eolle, up hill, 
19 ; w. dat. 

Aedi • ficium, -i, n. [AID- ; PAC-], 
huildinri, 7. 

AeduT, -orum, m., povjerful Cel- 
tic people between upper courses 
of Loire and Seine, 5, 10, 14, 15. 



Aeduus, -a, -um, adj., Aeduan^ 
5, 14. 

Aegre, adv., with regret or displea- 
sure ; barely, with difficulty, 6. 

Aequaliter, adv. [1C-, A1C-], 
evenly, 18. 

Aestas, -atis, f. [AID-], burning 
season; summer, .2, 35. 

Aestuarium, -i, n. [AID-], per- 
taining to rolling; inlet, sea- 
marsh, 28. 

Aetas, -atis, f. [1 I-, AI-], age, 
old age, 16. 

Ager, -grl, m. [AG-], cultivated 
land; land, field, 4, 5, 7, 9. 

Ag-ger, -eris, m. [GER-], that 
which is brought to a place, 
i.e. materials for a mound, 20 ; 

^moimd, rampart, 12, 30, 32. 

Agmen, -inis, n. [AG-], that which 
is set in motion ; marching col- 
umn, 11, 17, 19, 23, 26. 

Ago, 3, egi, actum [ AG-], put in 
motion ; bring up, 12, 30 ; take 
along, 29 ; carry on, do, 20. 

Alias, adv. (ace. pi. f. of alius) 
[2 AL- (ALI-)], at another time ; 
alias . . . alias, at one time . . . 
at another, 29. 

Alienus, -a, -um, adj. [2 AL-, 
(ALI-)], belonging to another, 
another's, 10. 

Al-iter, adv. [2 AL-], otherwise, 
in another manner, 19. 

Alius, -a, -ud, adj., gen. alius [2 
AL- (ALI-)], other, another, 
different, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 31. 

Alter, -era, -erum, adj., gen. -ius 
[2 AL-], other (of two), 5, 21 ; 
alter . . . alter, the one . , . the 
other. 



yOCABULARY. 



91 



AltitudS, -inis, f. [1 AL-], eleva- 
tion, height, 5, 12, 18, 31, 32. 

Altus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AL-], be- 
come great by nourishment; 
lofty, high, 27, 29. 

Ambiani, -orum, m., Belgian tribe 
near modern Amiens, 4, 15. 

Amicitia, -ae, r. [AM-], friend- 

_ship, 14. 

A • mitto, 3, -misT, -missum 
[MIT-], let go from one^s self; 
lose, 25. 

Amplifico, 1 [PLE-, PLO-; 
FAC-], 77iake larger, increase, 14. 

Am-plius, adv. (n. compar. of 
amplus) [ambi- ; PLE-, PLO-], 
more, 7, 16, 29. 

Andecumborius, -i, m., man of 
high rank among the Bemi, 3. 

Andes, -ium, m., tribe of Gaul 
north of the Loire, modern An- 
jou, 35. 

Augustus, -a, -um, adj., having 
a compression; difficult; in an- 
gusto, in a critical state, 25. 

Animus,-!, m. [AN-], soul; mind, 
feelings, 21 ; sj)irit, courage, 15, 

21, 25, 27 ; character, 1. 
Annus, -T, m., that lohich goes 

round; year, 29. 
Ante, [ANT-], before-, as adv., 
= antea, before, foi^merly, 12, 

22, 33; as prep. w. ace, before 
(of time), 35 ; (of place), 32. 

Antiquitus, adv. [ANT-], from 
ancient times; in olden times, 
4 ; from of old, 17. 

A • pertus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 
aperio) [2 PAR-, POR-], with- 
out covering ; open, unobstructed, 
18, 19 ; uncovered, exposed, 23. 



AppellS (adp), 1 [PAL-, 
PEL-], bring ones self to a per- 
son ; accost, address, 25 ; call, 4. 

Ap • ud, prep. w. ace. [APA-], 
near, among, 2, 4, 7, 14. 

Arbitror, 1 [BA-, VA-], be a 
hearer or spectator, think, sup- 
pose, believe, 4, 28 ; w. ace. and 
inf. 

Arbor, -oris, r. [1 AL-, AR-], 
tree, 17. 

Ar • cesso, 3, -ivi, -itum [CAD-], 
cause to come to ; summon, send 
for, 20. 

Arduus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AL-, 
AK-, strengthened to ARDH-], 
steep, 33. 

Aries, -etis, m., battering-ram, 32. 

Arma, -orum, n. [AR-], things 
adapted; arms, weapons, 3, 4, 
9, 13, etc. 

Armatura, -ae, r. [AR-], arming ; 
equipment, 10, 24. 

Armo, 1 [AR-], furnish with 
arms; arm, equip, 4, 27. 

Ascendo (adsc), 3, -di, -scen- 
sum [SCAND-], mount up, climb, 
27. 

A • scensus (adsc), -us, m. 
[SCAND-], ascending; ascent, 
way up, 33. 

At, conj., but, on the other hand, 
23, 27. 

At • que (before vowels and con- 
sonants), ac (before consonants 
only), and also, and especially, 
and, 3, 5, 6, etc. -, as, Q \ than, 
19. Cf. et and -que. 

Atrebates, -um, m., Belgian 
people in the region of modern 
Arras, 4, 16, 23. 



92 



VOCABULARY. 



At • tingo (adt-), 3, -tigi, -tactum, 

[TAG-], touch against; ap- 
proach^ reach, 32 ; border upon, 

15, 34. 
Auctoiitas, -atis, r. [AYG-], 

power, standing, influence, 4, 

14, 16. 
Audac'ter, adv. [1 AV-], boldly , 

10, 26. 
Audeo, 2, ausus [1 AV-], ven- 
ture, dare, 8, 17, 19, 27 ; yf. 

complementary infin. 
Audio, 4 [2 AV-], listen to ; hear, 

hear about, 12, 31, w. ace. ; 12, 

w. ace. and infin. 
Aulerci, -orum, m., tribe in Bre- 

tagne and Normandy, 34. 
Aurunculeius, -i, m., L. A. Cotta, 

lieutenant of Ccesar, 11. 
Au't, conj. [2 TA-], or (excluding 

the other) , 30, 33 ; aut . . . aut, 

either . . . or, 25. 
Au • tern, postpositive conj. [ 2 

TA-], but, on the other hand, 9 ; 

moreover, 19. 
Auxilium, -i, n. [AVG-], aid, 

support, assistance, 10, 24, 29 ; 

pi. auxiliary forces, 14. Of. sub- 

sidium. 
A-verto, 3, -ti, -sum [VEKT-], 

turn away from. Aversi, see 

note, 26. 
Axona, -ae, f., river in country 

of the Belgce, 5, 9. 



Baculus, -1, M., P. Sextius B., 

centurion, 25. 
Balearis, -e, adj., Balearic, of the 
Balearic Islands, 7. 



Barbarus, -a, -um, adj., foreign, 
non-Roman, 35. 

Belgae, -arum, m., collective name 
of tribes living in the country 
bounded by the Seine, Marne, 
Moselle, Rhine, and the ocean, 

1, 2, 3, following. 
Bellovaci, -orum, m., strongest 

tribe of the Belgce, north of the 
Seine and on right bank of the 
Oise and Somme, 4, 5, 10, 13, 14. 

Bellum, -T, n. [DVA-, DVI-], con- 
test between two ; war, 4, 9, 14, 
16, 29, 31, 35. 

Bibrax, -ctis, r. (n.?), town of the 
Remi, 6. 

Boduognatus, -i, m., leader of 
the Nervii, 23. 

Bratuspantium, -i, n., chief town 
of the Bellovaci, 13. 

Brevitas, -atis, f., shortness, brev- 
ity, 20, 30. Cf. exiguitas. 

Britannia, -ae, f., Britain, 4, 14. 

C. 

Cadaver, -eris, n. [CAD-], that 
which falls down dead; dead 
body, 27. 

Cado, 3, cecidT, casum [CAD-], 
fall, 27. 

CaeroesT, -orum, m., German tribe 
in Belgian Gaul, 4. 

Caesar, -aris, m., Gains Julius 
Ccesar, conqueror of Gaul and 
author of the Commentaries, 1, 

2, 5, etc. 

Calamitas, -atis, f. [SCAL-], in- 
jury, disaster, 14, 28. 

CaletT, -orum (-es, -um), m., tribe 
in Normandy, on the Seine, 4. 



VOCABULARY. 



93 



Calo, -onis, m., groom^ soldier'' s 
servant^ 24, 26, 27. 

Captivus, -a, -um, adj. [CAP-], 
taken prisoner ; captive^ 16, 17. 

Caput, -itis, N. [CAP-], head; in- 
dividual^ person^ 33. 

Carnutes, -um, m., important 
Gallic tribe between the Loire 
and Seine rivers^ 35. 

Castellum, -T, n. dim. [SCAD-, 
CAD-], redoubt^ stronghold^ 8, 
9, 29, 30, 33.. 

Castra, -orum, n. [SCAD-, CAD-], 
camp, 2, 6, 6, etc. 

Casus, -us, M. [CAD-], falling; 
happening; chance, 21; misfor- 
tune, 31. 

Causa, -ae, f. [CAV-], cause, 
reason, 1, 7, 10, 11 ; causa, used 
like prep, post-positive, for the 
sake of, for the purpose of, 10, 
15, 17, 20, 21, 24. 

Cedo, 3, cessi, cessum [CAD-], 
go ; fall back ; give way, retreat, 
19. 

Celeritas, -atis, f. [CEL-], swift- 
ness, quickness, 12, 19, 20, 26, 31. 

Celer-iter, adv. [CEL-], swiftly, 
quickly, promptly, 3, 12, 23, 33. 

Celo, 1 [2 CAL-, SCAL-], hide, 
conceal, 32, 33. 

Centum, num. adj. indeclin. 
[CEN-], hundred, 4. 

Centurio, -onis, m. [CEN-], com- 
mander of a century, centurion, 
captain, 17, 25. 

Certus, -a, -um, adj. [2 CER-, 
CRE-], determined; definite, 11 ; 
certain, regular, 22 ; certiorem 
facere, inform, 1, 2, 10, 34 ; w. 
ace. and infin. 



Ceteri, -orum, pi. adj. [CA-, CI-], 
the others, rest, 3. Cf. reliqui. 

Cimbri, -orum, m., German tribe 
which invaded Gaul and the Prov- 
ince in the second century, 4, 29. 

Circiter, adv. [CVR-, C1R-; 
1 I-], going in a circle; about, 
not far from, 2, 8, 13, 18, 32. 

Circuitus, -us, m. [CVR-, CIR- ; 
1 I-], going in a circle; circum- 
ference, 29, 30. 

Circum-, prep. w. ace. [CVR-, 
C1R-], around, about; here only 
in composition. 

Circum • icio, 3, -iecl, -iectum 
[1A-, 1AC-], throw around; 
place around, 6. 

Circum • munio, 4, [2 MV-], wall 
up around; blockade, 30. 

Circum- venio, 4, -venT, -ventum 
[BA-, VA-, VEN-], come around ; 
surround, outflank, 8, 10, 23, 24, 
26. 

Cis, prep. w. ace. [CA-, CI-], on 
this side, this side of, 3. 

Citerior, -us, -oris, adj. [CA-, 
CI-], more on this side; hither, 
nearer, 1, 2. 

Citra, prep. w. ace. [CA-, CI-], on 
this side, this side of, 29. Cf. cis. 

Civitas, -atis, f. xitizenship ; com- 
munity, 3, 4, 5, etc. 

Clamor, -oris, m. [1 CAL-], loitd 
call; shouting, 11, 24. 

Claudo, 3, -sT, -sum, shut, close, 
33 ; close, bring tip, 19. 

Cle • mentia, -ae, f. [CLI- ; 1 
MAN-, MEN-], indulgent disposi- 
tion ; gentleness, mildness, 14, 31. 

Co-acerv6, 1 [1 AC-], heap up, 
27. 



94 



VOCABULARY. 



Co • epi, -i-sse, -ptus (defective verb, 
with tenses from present stem 
lacking) [AP-, 0P-], have begun, 
began, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 19, 23, 26. 

C6-gn6sc6, 3, -gnovi, -gnitum 
[GNA-, GNO-], understand thor- 
oughly ; perceive, learn, ascer- 
tain, 2, 5, 11, 17, w. ace. and 
inf. ; 4, 26, w. indir. question ; 
plperf. knew, 10. 

Co -go, 3, -egi, -actum [AG-], 
drive together, compel; gather, 
rally, 2, 5. Of. conduco. 

Co • hors, -hortis, f., multitude en- 
closed: cohort, 5, 25. 

Co • hortatio, -onis, f., cheering on, 
urging, encouraging, appeal to, 2^. 

Co* hortor, 1, cheer on, urge, call 
upon, 5, 20, 21, 25, w. ace; 21 
foil, by clause w. ut. 

Collis, -is, M., high ground, hill, 8, 
18, 19, 22, 24, 26. 

Com meatus (conm-), -us, m., 
going to and fro ; train of sup- 
plies, provisions, 5, 9. 

Commemoro (conm-), 1 [1 
SMAR-, MAR-], keep in mind; 
mention, relate, 28. 

Com-mitto (conm-), 3, -misT, 
-missum [MIT-], cause to go to- 
gether ; join, 19, 21. 

Com 'mods (conm-), adv. [2 
MA-, MAD-], duly, aptly ; easily, 
advantageously , 20. 

Commoveo (conm-), 2, -movT, 
-mdtum [1 MV-, MOV-], move 
violently; startle, alarm, make 
anxious, 2, 31. 

Communis (conm-), -e, adj. 
[2 MV-], serving together ; com- 
mon, general, 4, 5. 



Com • mutatio (conm-), -onis, p. 
[1 MV-, MOV-], change, 27. 

Com-paro (conp-), 1 [2 PAR-, 
POR-], bring or put together; 
get ready, provide, procure, 2, 12. 

Com • pello (conp-), 3, -pulT, -pul- 
sum [PAL-, PEL-],c?TOe together, 
gather ; drive in a body, rout, 23. 

Com • pleo (conp-), 2, -evi, -etum 
[PLE-, PLO-], fill completely; 
fill, 24. 

Complures (conp-), -a (-ia), 
gen. 4um, adj. [PLE-, PLO-, 
PLV-], several together, a large 
number, 11 . 

Con-, for scom- = cum [SEC-], 
with, together; in composition, 
denoting completeness or union ; 
sometimes intensive. 

Con • cido, 3, -cTdl, -cisum [2 SAC-, 
SEC-, SCID-], cut up entirely ; 
cut to pieces, destroy, 11. 

Concilium, -T, n. [1 CAL-], that 
which is called together; meet- 
ing, assembly, 4, 10. 

Con • curro, 3, -curri or -cucurrT, 
-cursum [CEL-, CER-], run to- 
g ether ; hurry, r ally, gather, 2^, ^Z. 

Con- dicio, -onis, f., [DIC-, DIC], 
talking together ; agreement, stip- 
ulation, terms, 15, 32. 

Condrusi, -orum, m., Belgic tribe 
on the Meuse, 4. 

Con • duco, 3, -dux!, -ductum 
[DVC-], lead together; collect, 
muster, 2 ; hire, 1. 

C6n*fer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latum 
[1 FER-], bring or bear to- 
gether ; gather, collect, 15, 25, 29 ; 
v^^ith reflex, pronoun, betake one's 
self, go, 13. 



VOCABULARY. 



95 



C6n-fertus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of I 
c5n • terci5) , pressed together ; 
compact^ in close array ^ 23 ; 
crowded together^ 25. 

Con • ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum 
[FAC-], make completely; per- 
form, accomplish^ 12 ; raise, put 
in the field, 4 ; exhaust, wear out, 
28, 25, 27. 

Con • fido, 3, -fisus sum [1 FID-, 
FID-], trust entirely; believe, 
trust firmly, 30, w. ace. and infin. 

Con-firmo, 1 [2 FER-], make 
firm ; give assurance, pledge one's 
self, 15, w. ace. and infin. ; en- 
courage, reassure, 19 ; confirm, 
11. 

Con • fligo, 3, -XI, -ctum [FLAG-, 
FL1G-], strike or dash together ; 
contend, fight, 5 ; w. cum and abl. 

Con • gredior, 3, -gressus 
[GRAD-], step together; meet, 
have an engagement with, fight, 
23. Cf. conflTgo, pugn5. 

Con-icio, 3, -iecT, -ieetum [IA-, 
IAC-], throw together; hurl, 6, 
27 ; drive, rout, 23 ; place hastily, 
16, 28. Cf . compello. 

Con-iungo, '3, -iiinxT, -iunctum 
[IV- IVG-], draw together, join, 
3,4,26. 

Coniuro, 1 [IV-, IVG-], swear 
together; make a sworn agree- 
ment, conspire, 1, 3. 

Con -loco (coll-), 1, place, sta- 
tion, set, 8, 19, 22, 29, 30. 

Conor, 1, undertake, attempt, 9, 
10, 12, 23. 

Con • sanguineus, -a, -um, adj., 
possessing the same blood; kin- 
dred, 3. 



Con • scribo, 3, -psi, -ptum 
[SCARP-], ivrite together (in a 
list); enroll, enlist, 2, 8, 19. 

Consensus, .-us, m. [SENT-], 
agreement, harmony, concerted 
action, 28, 29. 

Con • sentio, 4, -sens!, -sensum 
[SENT-],/ee? with, 3 ; join hands 
(with), make common cause with, 
3 ; w. cum and abl. 

Con • sequor, 3, -secutus [SEC-], 
follow thoroughly; attain, ob- 
tain, 1. 

Con servo, 1 [SAL-, SER-], 
keep thoroughly ; preserve, save, 
spare, 12, 15, 28, 31, 32. 

Con • sido, 3, -sedT, -sessum [SED-, 
SID-], sit down together ; settle, 
take position, 4, 16. 

Con • silium, -i, n., consultation ; 
design, plan of action, 9, 14, 33 ; 
advice, suggestion, 17. 

Con ' similis, -e, adj., [2 SA-, 
SIM-], altogether like, quite 
similar, 11; w. dat. 

Con-sisto, 3, -stiti, — [STA-], 
make stand ; take position, stand, 
6, 23, 26 ; make a stand, rally, 
11, 17, 21 ; depend upon, be based 
on, 33. 

Conspectus, -us, m. [SPEC-], 
vieio, sight, 25. 

Con • spicio, 3, -spexT, -spectum 
[SPEC-], look at with attention; 
behold, catch sight of, see, 21, 26, 
w. ace. ; 24, w. ace. and infin. 

Conspicor, 1 [SPEC-], get a 
sight of espy, observe, 26, 27. 
Cf. cdnspicio. 

Con • stanter, adv. [STA-], stand- 
ing firm ; uniformly, 2. 



9G 



VOCABULARY. 



Con • stituo, 3, -uT, -utum [STA-] , 
place together; determine^ ap- 
point, fix, 11 ; set up, place, 12, 
30 ; station, 8, 19 ; decide, 10, w. 
ace. and infin. Cf. statu5. 

Con • suesco, 3, -suevi, -sue turn 
[SOVO-, SVO-], accustom; be- 
come accustomed; pf. he accus- 
tomed (= solere), 14, 31. 

Con • suetudo, -inis, r. [SOVO-, 
SVO-], custom, habit, 17, 19, 32. 
Cf. mos. 

Con • temptus, -us, m. [TEM-], 
scorn, contempt, 30. 

Con • tendo, 3, -di, -ntum [1 TA-, 
TEN-], strain with all one's 
might ; march, push on, hasten, 
7, 9, 10, 12, 19, 23, 24 ; struggle, 
contend, 9, 13, 30. 

Con • tineo, 2, -uT, -tentum [1 TA-, 
TEN-], hold or keep together; 
restrain, hold back, 11 ; keep, 11, 
18, 30. 

Con- tra, adv. [SEC-], against, on 
the other hand, 17 ; as prep., w. 
ace., 1, 3, 13, 33. 

Con • trarius, -a, -um, adj. [SEC-], 
situated over against, opposite, 
18 ; w. dat. 

Con • tumelia, -ae, f. [TEM-], 
great swelling ; disgrace, insult, 
14. 

Con • venio, 4, -veni, -ventum 
[BA-, VA-, VEN-], come to- 
gether, meet, 5, 10, 12 ; imper- 
sonal, be agreed upon, 19. 

Converts, 3, -ti, -sum [VERT-], 
wholly turn ; turn around, turn, 
direct, 26. 

Con-voco, 1 [VOC-], call to- 
gether, summon, 10. 



C'opia, -ae, r. [AP-, 0P-], abil- 
ity ; ample supply, supply, 2 ; pi., 
resources, supplies, 10 ; forces, 
troops, 6, 7, 8, etc. 

Cornu, -us, n. [CAR-], horn; 
wing of an army, 23, 25. 

Corpus, -oris, n. [1 CER-, CRE-], 
what is made ; body, 30 ; corpse, 
10, 27. 

Cortex, -icis, m. and f. [CAR-], 
part that splits off ; bark, 33. 

Coti- die, adv. [CA- ; DIV-, DI-], 
on every day ; daily, regularly, 8. 

Cotta, -ae, m., L. Arunculeius, one 
of Ccesar's lieutenants, 11. 

Crassus, -i, m., P. Licinius, one of 
Caesar's lieutenants, 34. 

Creber, -bra, -brum, adj. [1 CER-, 
CRE-], made to increase; thick, 
numerous, frequent, 1, 17, 30. 

Credo, 3, -didi, -ditum [CRAT- ; 
2 T>A-'],put trust in; believe, 33, 
w. ace. and infin. Cf. confido. 

Cres, -etis, m., Cretan, 7. 

Cruciatus, -us, m. [CVR-, CIR-], 
torture, 31. 

Cum, prep. Yf. abl. [SEC-], %dth, 
in company with, together with, 
3, 10, 13, etc. ; at same time loith, 
6, 7, 16 ; with, provided ivith, 11, 
33. 

Cum, eonj. [CA-, CI-], temporal, 
when, 1, 4, 6, 8, following ; cum 
primum, as soon as, 2 ; causal, 
as, since, 11, 17, 22, etc. ; conces- 
sive, although, while^ 29 ; cum 
. . . tum, both . . . and, 4. 

C • unctus, -a, -um, adj. [IV-, 
I VG-] , all together ; all, entire, 29. 

Cupio, 3, -ivi, -itum, desire eagerly, 
be eager, 25. 



VOCABULARY, 



97 



Curiosolites, -um, m. (ace. -es, 
-ais)y people of Armoric GauU 34. 

Cursus, -us, M. [CEL-, CER-], 
running f speed, 23, 26. 

Custodia, -ae, r. [SCV-, CV-], 
guard-keeping ; guard, protec- 
tion y 29. 

D. 

De, prep. w. abl., from; down 
from, 32 ; of time, in, about, 7 ; 
for, on account of, 7 ; for, about, 
concerning, 2, 4, 6, etc. 

De*be6 [for dehibe5], 2, -ui, 
-itum [HAB-], have from; im- 
personal, oioe, ought, 27, 33. 

Decern, num. adj. indecl. [DEC-], 
ten, 4. 

De-cerno, 3, -crevi, -cretuni 
[2 CER-, CKE-], decide; decide 
upon, decree, 35. 

De • certo, 1 [2 CER-'], fight a de- 
cisive battle, 10. Cf. confligo, 
congredior, dimico, pugii5. 

Decimus, -a, -um, adj. [DEC-], 
tenth, 21, 23, 25, 26. 

De-clivis, -e,. adj. [CIA-'], inclin- 
ing down-hill, sloping, 18. 

Decumanus (deci-), -a, -um, adj. 
[DEC-], of the tenth cohort, in 
the phrase, decumana porta, 
rear gate., 24, main entrance to 
a Roman camp. 

De • curro, 3, -cucurri or -currT, 
-cursum [CEL-, CER-], run 
down, 19, 21. 

De • diticius, -a, -um, adj. [1 DA-], 
one ivho has surrendered; as 
noun, M., priso7ier of war, 17 ; 
subjects, 32. 



De • ditio, -onis, f. [1 DA-], giving 

one's self up; surretider, 12, 13, 

32, 33. 
De • do, 3, -didi, -ditum [1 DA-] , 

give up ox away ; surrender, 15, 

28, 32. 
De • duco, 3, -xi, -ductum [D VC-], 

lead away, bring off, 2, 33, 35 ; 

bring (to), 10, 31. Cf. redigo. 
De-fendo, 3, -di, -fensum [FEN-, 

FEND-], thrust away ; repel, 29 ; 

defend, 10, 12, 31, 33. 
De • fensio, -onis, f. [FEN-, 

¥E^T>-], protection, defence, 7. 
De • fensor, -oris, m. [FEN-, 

FEND-], defender, 6, 12. 
De • fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latum 

[1 FER-], bear or bi'ing away ; 

bear, report, 17, 19; bestow, 4; 

w. ad and ace. 
De • ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum [FAC-], 

make from ; give out, fail, 10 ; 

7'evolt (from), forsake, desert, 

14 ; w. ab and abl. 
De • icio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [IA-, 

IAC-], hurl down; drive away, 

dislodge, 27. 
Delectus, -us, m. [IA-, IAC-], 

slope, declivity, 8, 22. Cf. de- 

elivis, adclivis. 
De'inde, adv. [2 I-],/rom here; 

thereupon, then, in the next 

place, 1. 
De • leo, 2, -evi, -etum [LI-] , wipe 

out, desti'oy, 27. 
De • ligo, 3, -leg!, -Iectum [1 LEG-, 

LIG-], choose out ; choose, select, 

17, 18, 29. Cf. elig5. 
De • monstro, 1 [1 MAN-, MEN-], 

point out, explain, mention, 1, 9, 

22 ; w. ace. and infin., 17. 



98 



VOCABULARY. 



Denique, adv., and thereupon, 

finally ; at any rate, at least, 33. 
Densus, -a, -um, adj., thick, dense, 

close, 22. 
De-pono, 3, -posuT, -positum 

[1 SA-, SI-], put aside or down; 

lay aside, place in safety, 29. 
De • populor, 1 [SCAL-,* SPOL-], 

lay waste, ravage, 7. 
De • precor, 1 [PREC-], avert by 

praying ; petition against, pray 

to he spared, 31. 
De • sero, 3, -ui, -turn [1 SER-, 

SVAR-], undo, sever connection 

with; abandon, desert, 25, 29. 
De • sisto, 3, -stiti, — [STA-], re- 
move from; cease, stop, 11. 
Despectus, -us, m. [SPEC-], 

looking down upon ; opportunity 

for distant views, prospect, 29. 
Despero, 1 [SPA-, PA-], give 

up hope ; despair of, 24. 
DespoUo, 1 [SCAL-, SPOL-], 

rob, deprive, 31 ; w. ace. and 

abl. 
De*sum, -esse, -fui [ES-], be 

away; be lacking, fail, 2\. Cf. 

deficio. 
De'terreo, 2, -ui, -itum [TER-, 

TERS-], frighten from ; prevent, 

deter, 3. 
De*trah6, 3, -xT, -ctum, drag 

from ; take from, remove, 25. 
De*trud6, 3, -si, -sum, thrust 

away ; remove, 21. Cf. detrahd. 
De • venio, 4, -veni, -ventum [BA-, 

VA-, VEN-], come down into; 

come to, reach, 21 ; w. prep, and 

ace. Cf. adpropTnqud. 
Dexter, -tra, -trum, adj, right, on 

the right hand, 23, 25. 



(Dicio), -onis, f., no nom. [DIC-, 

DIC-], sway, control, 34. 
Dico, 3, -XI, -etum [DiC-, DIC-], 

point out by speaking ; say, state, 

mention, 1, 3, 4, etc. ; w. ace. 

and infin. 
Dies, -el, m. and r. [DIV-, DI-], 

day, 2, 5, 6, etc. 
Dif • ficilis (disf-), -e, adj. [FAC-], 

not to be done; difficult, hard, 

27. 
Dif • ficultas (disf-), -atis, f. 

[FAC-], difficulty, strait, trouble, 

20. 
Di • ligen • ter, adv. [1 LEG-, LIG-], 

attentively, scrupulously, with 

painstaking, 5, 28. 
Di-metior, 4, -mensus [1 MA-, 

MAN-], measure off; stake off, 

lay out, survey, 19. 
Di-mico, 1, move rapidly back 

and forth ; fight, contend, 21. Cf . 

confligd, congredior, contendd. 
Di • mitto, 3, -misT, missum 

{MIT-'], send out in different 

directions, despatch, 5, 14, 21. 
Di-ripio, 3, -ui, -reptum [RAP-, 

RVP-], tear in pieces; sack, 

jolunder, 17. 
Dis • cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum 

[CAD-], go apart; go away, 

depart, 7, 11, 20. 
Dis'cessus, -us, m. [CAD-], de- 
parture, vnthdrawal, 14. 
Dis • sipo, 1, scatter, break up, 24. 
Dis • tineo, 2, -uT, -tentum [1 TA-, 

TEN-] , keep apart ; prevent union 

of separate, 5. 
Diu, adv. [DIV-, DI-], by day ; for 

a long time, long ; compar. diu- 

tius, 1, 6, 10. 



VOCABULARY. 



99 



Di- versus, -a, -um. adj. (P. of 

divertd) [VERT-], turned away 

from; facing in different direc- 

tionSf 22 ; different, 23 ; sejMra- 

ted, 24. 
DIvinus, -a, -mn, adj. [DIV-, 

DI-], of the gods, divine, 31. 
Divitiacus, -T, m., leader of the 

uEdui, brother of Dumnorix, 5, 

10, 14, 15 ; chieftain of the Sues- 

siones, 4. 
Do, dare, dedT, datum [1 DA-], 

give, 2, 3, 20, 21, 35 ; inter se, 

exchange, 1. 
Doceo, 2, -uT, -ctum [DIC-, DAC- 

(DOC-)^, show, teach, explain, 5, 

20. 
Domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [DOM-] , 

of home, native, own, 10. 
Domi • cilium, -T, n. [DOM- ; 2 

C A L-, SC A L-] ,dwelling-place, 29. 
Dominor, 1, lord it, he master^ 

31. 
Domus, -us, F. [DOM-], home, 10, 

11, 24, 29. 
Dubito, 1 [DVA-; BA-], go to 

and fro ; doubt, hesitate, 2, 23. 
Du'centi, -ae, -a, num. adj. 

[DVA-, DVI- ; CEN-], two hun- 
dred, 18, 29. 
Diico, 3, -xl, ductum [DVG-], ZeacZ, 

conduct, 8, 12, 13, 19. 
Dum [for dium], adsr. [DIV-, 

DI-], while. 
Duo, -ae, -o, num. adj. [DVA-, 

DVI-], tujo, 2, 7, 8, 9, etc. 
Duo • decimus, -a, -um, adj. 

[DVA-, DVI- ; DEC-], twelfth, 

23, 25. 
Duo • de • viginti, num. adj. indecl. 

[DVA-, DVI-], eighteen, 5. 



Du • plex, -ids, adj. [DVA- ; 

PARC-, FLEC-], twofold, double, 

29. 
Dux, -cis, M. [DVC-], leader, 23 ; 

guide, 7. 



E or Ex, prep. w. abl., from, out 

of, 3, 6, 13, etc. ; after, G ; on, 8 ; 

in consequence of, 35. 
Eburones, -um, m., Belgian people 
__ near the Rhine, 4. 
E • ditus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of edo) 

[1 DA-], set forth ; elevated, ris- 
__ ing, 8. 
E- duco, 3, -XI, -ductum [DVC-], 

lead out, lead forth, 8. 
Ef-ficio (ecf-), 3, -feci, -fectum 

[ F AC-], ^(7or^• out; bring about, 
__ effect, 5, 17 ; w. ut and subj. 
E • gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], 

go out; sally forth, 24; depart 
_^from, go forth, 11, 13. 
E'gregie, adv., out of the flock ; 

remarkably, excellently, 29. 
E-ligo, 3, -legi, -lectum [1 LEG-, 

LIG-], choose out; pick from, 
__ choose, 4. Cf. deligo. 
E • mitto, 3, -misT, -missum [MIT-], 

send out ; hurl, let fly, 23. 
Emo, 3, eml, emptum [EM-], take 

in exchange; buy, 33. 
E • nascor, 3, -natus [GEN-, GN-, 

GNA-], grouj out, spring up; 

sprout forth, 17. 
Enim, co-ord. conj., post-positive, 

for, in fact, 17. Cf. nam. 
E6, adv. (old dat. or abl. n. of is) 

[2 I-], there, thither, 3, 5, 25, 

33. 



100 



VOCABULARY. 



EquSs, -itis, m. [2 AC-], liorseman, 

cavalry -man, knight, 9, 18, 19, 

24, 26, 27. 
Equester, -tris, -tre, adj. [2 AC-], 

of horsemen, cavalry, 8, 9. 
Equitatus, -us, m. [2 AC-], riding ; 
_^cavalry, 10, 11, 17, 19. 
Eruptio,-onis,F. [RAP-, RVP-], 

bursting forth; sally, 33. Cf. 

excursid. 
Esuvii, -orum, m., people in Nor- 
mandy, 34. 
Et, co-ord. conj. and, 1, 2, 3, etc. ; 

et . . . et, both . . . and, 3, 4, 5, etc. 
Et'iain, adv. and conj. and now; 

also, 1, 4, 14, 16, 17, 21 ; even, 
__ still, 4, 25, 27. 
E • ventus, -us, m. [B A-, VA-, 

VEN-], coming forth ; outcome, 

issue, result, 22. 
Ex, see E. 

Ex-agito, 1 [AG-], disturb, har- 
ass, 29. 
Ex*anim6, 1 [AN-], deprive of 

life ; make breathless, 23. 
Ex audio, 4 [2 AV-], hear dis- 
tinctly; hear from a distance, 

11. 
Ex'cedo, 3, -cessT, -cessum 

[CAD-], go out; withdraw, go 

away, 25. 
Ex • cursio, -onis, r. [CEL-, 

C^B.-'], running forth ; sally, SO. 

Cf. eruptio. 
Ex-eo, -Tre, -ii, -itum [1 I-], go 

out ; withdraw, 33. Cf . excedo. 
Ex-ercito, 1 [ARC-] {drive out 

of the enclosure), keep busy; 

train, drill, 20. 
Ex • ercitus, -us, M.\^k'KC-'],trained 

body of men; army, 1, 2, 5, etc. 



Ex • iguitas, -atis, f., scantiness, 

shortness, 2rl, 33. 
Ex'imius, -a, -um [EM-], taken 

out from; eminent, excellent, 

high, 8. 
Ex • istimo, 1, judge, value ; judge, 

think, believe, 2, 15, 17, 31 ; w. 

ace. and infin. 
Ex'peditus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 

expedio) [y^T)-\unencumbered, 

in light marching order, 19. 
Ex • pello, 3, -pull, -pulsum [PAL-, 

PEL-], drive out, banish, 4. 
Ex-perior, 4, -pertus [1 PAR-, 

PER-], try thoroughly ; test, try, 

16. 
Ex • plorator, -oris, m. [PLV- 

(PLOV-)], searcher out; scout, 

spy, 5, 11, 17. Cf. speculator. 
Ex-ploro, 1 [PLV- (PLOV-)], 

search out ; try to find out, recon- 
noitre, 4. 
Ex • pugno, 1 [PAC-, PAG-, 

PVG-], take by storm; take, 9, 

10, 12. 
Ex-specto, 1 [SPEC-], look out 

for greatly ; ivait for, await, 9, 

16, 20. 
Ex'struo, 3, -struxT, -structum 

[STRV-], pile up thoroughly ; 

ei^ect, construct, 30. 
Extremus, -a, -um, adj., furthest; 

most distant, extreme, 5, 8, 25 ; 

last, 11, 27, 33. 



Facile, adv. [FAC-], easily, 1, 6, 

17, 18, 19, 25. 
Facilis, -e, adj. [FAC-], able to be 

done; easy, 27. 



VOCABULARY. 



101 



Facio, 3, feci, factum ; pass, fio, 
fieri, f actus [FAC-], do, per- 
fornif 3, 5, 6, etc. ; make, 1, 2, 6, 
etc. ; cause, bring about, 4, 11. 
See certus. 

Facultas, -atis, f. [FAC-], power 
of doing; opportunity ; pi. re- 
sources, facilities, 1. 

Fallo, 3, fefellT, falsum, cause to 
stumble; deceive, 10. 

Fastigatus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 
fastigo), brought to a point; slop- 
ing, 8. Cf. adclivis, declivis. 

Ferax, -acis, adj. [1 PER-], apt to 
bear ; fertile, 4. 

Fere, adv. [2 FER-, FRE-], nearly, 
almost, 23, 25, 31. 

Fero, ferre, tuli, latum [1 FER-], 
bear, bring, carry, 10, 26, 28 ; 
bear, endure, 1, w. ace. and in- 
fin. ; rush (in pass.), 24. 

Fertilitas, -atis, f. [1 EER-], 
fruitfulness, fertility, 4. 

Ferus, -a, -um, adj., wild, fierce, 
ferocious, 4, 15. 

Fides, fide (rare), f.[1 YlT>-'],trust, 
confidence; protection, 3, 13, 14, 
15. 

Filius, -i, M., son, 13. 

Finis, -is, m. [2 FID-], dividing 
thing ; end, limit, 6, 19 ; pi. land, 
territory, 2, 4, 5, etc. 

Finitimus, -a, -um, adj. [2 FID-], 
bordering upon ; neighboring, 2 ; 
pi. neighbors, 4, 16, 17, 28, 29, 
31. 

Fio, fieri, factus, be made, become, 
see facio. 

Fliimen, -inis, n., that which floios ; 
river, 5, 9, 10, etc. 

Fors, forte, nom. and abl. only, 



F. [1 FER-], that which brings; 

chance, 21. 
Forte, adv. , abl. of fors, by chance ; 

perhaps^ 31. 
Fortis, -e, adj. [2 FER-], courage- 
ous, brave, stout-hearted, 25, 33. 
Fort -iter, adv. [2 FER-], bravely, 

gallantly, 11, 21, 26. 
Fortuna, -ae, f. [1 FER-], for- 
tune, 16, 22, 31. 
Fossa, -ae, f., thing dug ; ditch, 5, 

8, 12, 32. 
Frater, -tris, m., brother, 3. 
Fremitus, -us, m., dull roar ; din, 

noise, 24. Cf. strepitus. 
Frons, -ntis, f. [FVR-, FERV-], 

brow; front, 8, 23, 25. 
Frumentarius, -a, -um, adj. 

[1 FVG-, FRVG-], of grain, w. 

res, grain supply, 2, 10. 
Frumentum, -T, n. [1 FVG-, 

FRVG-], thing eaten; corn, 

grain, 3. 
Fuga, -ae, f. [2 ^YG-'], fleeing ; 

flight, rout, 11, 12, 23, 24, 26, 

27. 
Fugio, 3, fugi,— [2 FVG-],j^ee, 

fly, 11, 24. 
Fumus, -1, M., rushing thing; 

smoke, 7. 
Funditor, -oris, m., sling er, 7, 10, 

19, 24. 
Furor, -oris, m. [FVR-], raging; 

blind passion, madness, 3. 



Galba, -ae, m., king of the Sues- 

siones, 4, 13. 
Galea, -ae, f. [2 CAL-, SCAL-], 

covering ; helmet, 21. 



102 



VOCABULARY. 



Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, 1, 2, 3, 4, 35. 

Gallus, -1, M., a Gaul, 1, 2, 4, 6, 
12, 17, 24, 30. 

Gens, gentis, r., what is begotten ; 
race, tribe, 28. 

Germani, -orum, m., Germans, 1, 
3, 4. 

Gero, 3, gessT, gestum [GER-], 
bear; carry on, go on ivith, 9, 
31, 35 ; pass., be carried on, take 
place, 2, 26 ; res gestae, opera- 
tions, campaigns, 35. 

Gladius, -i, m. [CEL-, CER-], 
sword, 23, 25. 

Gratia, -ae, f., favor, popularity, 
influence, 6. 

Gravis, -e, adj., heavy; severe, 
serious, 25. 

H. 

Habeo, 2 [HAB-], grasp; have, 
possess, 1, 3, 4, 8, 29 ; with reflex 
pronoun, be, 19. 

Hibernacula, -orum, n. [HIM-], 
winter quarters, 35. 

Hibernus, -a, -um, adj. [HIM-], 
belonging to winter; hiberna 
(castra), winter quarters, 1. 

Hi • c, haec, hoc, demonstr. pron. 
[CA-, CI-], this, this of mine, 1, 
2, 4, etc. ; he, she, it, 3, 4, 9, 
etc. 

Hiemo, 1 [HIM-], pass the win- 
ter, 1. 

Homo, -inis, m. [HAM-], mail, 
person, 1, 4, 6, 15, 27, etc. 

Hon5s (honor), -oris, m., honor, 
distinction, 15. 

Hostis, -is, M., one who hurts; 
enemy, 5, 7, 8, 9, etc. | 



laceo, 2, -ui, — [I A- IAC-], be 

thrown ; lie, 27. 

lacio, 3, ieci, iactum [IA-, IAC-], 
hurl, throio, 6, 32, 33 ; throio up, 
construct, 12. 

lam, adv., at this or that time; 
now, 19 ; neque iam, and no 
longer, 5, 20, 25, 33. 

Ibi, adv. [2 I-], in that place, there, 
4, 5, 8, etc. 

Iccius, -1, M., Belgian of high rank, 
3, 6, 7. 

i • dem, eadem, idem, determ. pron. 
[2 I-; 3 DA-], the very; same, 
3, 6, 7, 16, etc. 

Iden-tidem, adv. [2 I-], very 
same ; again and again, 19. 

I • doneus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-],^^; 
suitable, 8, 17. 

Ignis, -is, M. [AG-], fire ; camp- 
fire, 7 ; signal- fire, beacon, 33. 

Ille, -a, -ud, gen. illius, demonstr. 
pron. [ANA-], that; that one, 
the former, 9, 33 ; latter,!^. 

lUyrioum, -T, n., coastland on 
eastern side of upper Adriatic, 
35. 

Im • pedimentum (inp-), -i, n. 
[PED-], thing entangling ; hin- 
drance, 25 ; pi., baggage, 17, 24, 
29 ; baggage-train, pack-animals, 
17, 19, 24, 26. Cf. sarcina. 

Im-pedio (inp-), 4 [PED-], get 
the feet in, entangle ; hinder, em- 
barrass, make difficult, 9, 10, 17, 
20, 22, 23, 28. 

Im • pello (inp-), 3, -pull, -pulsum 
[PAL-, PEL-, PVL-], drive on; 
incite, influence^ 14. 



VOCABULARY. 



103 



Im • perator (inp-) , -oris, m. 

[2 PAR-, POR-], commander (in 

chief), 25, 26. 
Im • perium (inp), -T, n. [2 PAR-, 

POR-], command, order, 1, 20, 

22 ; chief command, authority, 4, 

23 ; power, control, 1, 3, 11. Cf. 
auctoritas. 

Impero (inp-), 1 [2 PAR-, 
POR-], put a command upon; 
impose upon, command, 3, 21, 28, 
32, 35 ; direct, dictate, 11, 33 ; w. 
dat. and subjunctive w. ut. 

Im-petro (inp-), 1 [POT-], ac- 
complish; obtain, succeed in ob- 
taining, 12 ; w. ut and subjunc- 
tive. 

Impetus (inp), -us, m. [PET-], 
onset, attack, charge, 11, 19, 21, 
24, 25 ; fury, violence, 6. 

Im-pro'visus (inp), -a, -um, 
adj. [VID-], not foreseen; de 
improvis5, unexpectedly, without 
notice, 3. 

In, prep. w. ace. and abl. [ANA-], 
into, to, 2, 3, 5 ; in, 5, 8, 29, etc. ; 
in, within, on, 1,2,8, etc. ; upon, 
over, 5, 29, 30 ; among, 25 ; in 
the case of, 32. 

In- cendo, 3, -di, -cqh^wod., put fire 
in ; set on fire, 7. 

In-cido, 3, -cidi, — [CAD-],/a?Z 
into; happen, occur, 14. Cf. 
accidd, evenid. 

In • cido, 3, -cidi, -cisum [2 SAC-, 
SEC-, SCID-, CiD-], cut into, 
notch, 17. 

In • cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum [CAP-], 
take in hand; begins 2 j w. compl. 
infin. 



In-cito, 1 [CI-], set in rapid 
motion ; urge on, hurry, hasten, 
26. Cf. impell5. 

Incolo, 3, -ui, — inhabit, live in, 
4 ; live, dwell, 3, 35. 

In • ere • dibilis, -e, adj. [CR AT- ; 
2 DA-], not to be believed; mar- 
vellous, incredible, 19. 

In • crepito, 1, — , — , make noise 
against; upbraid^ taunt, abuse, 
15, 30. 

In • cuso, 1 [CAV-], make charges 
against, accuse, rebuke, 15. 

Inde, adv. [2 1-'], from that; then, 
next, 19. 

In * dignitas, -atis, f., unworthi- 
ness ; outrage, insult, 14. 

In • di • ligen • ter, adv. [1 LEG-, 
LIG-], c^irelessly, listlessly, 33. 

In • duco, 3, -XI, -ductum [D VC-], 
lead into ; draw on, cover, 33. 

Ind'uo, 3, -ui, -utum, put into; 
put on, 21. 

In*e6, -ire, -ivi and -ii, -itum 
[1 I-], go into ; enter upon, un- 
dertake, 33 ; begin, 2, 35. 

In-ermis, -e, adj. \^A^-'], without 
armor ; unarmed, 27. 

inferior, -ius, adj. (compar.. of 
inferus), lower, 25; inferior, 

_ 8. 

Infimus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of 
above), lowest; lowest p)art of, 
bottom, 18. 

in-fero, -ferre, -tuli, illatum 
[1 FER-], bring into; make 
upon, wage, 14, 29 ; inspire in, 
25 ; bmng upon, cause, inflict, 
14, 32 ; carry forward, advance, 
25, 26 ; bring in, import, 15 ; w. 
ace, or ace. and dat. 



104 



VOCABULARY. 



In • fleets, 3, -flex!, -flexum, bend, 

bend down, 17. 
In- gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], 

go into, enteVy 4. 
In-imicus, -a, -urn, adj. [AM-], 

not friendly; hostile, 31. Cf. 

hostis. 
In iquitas, -atis, f. [IC-, AIC-], 

unevenness, inequality, 22. 
In • Iquus, -a, -um, adj. [1C-, AIC-], 

not equal ; uneven, unfavorable, 

10, 23, 27, 33. 
In-itium, -i, n. [1 I-], entering 

upon; beginning, 9; w. partit. gen. 
In • iuria, -ae, f. [1V-, IVG-], thing 

done contrary to justice ; wrong, 

injury, violeiice, 28, 32, 33. 
In-nitor, 3, -nixus, lean upon, 

prop one''s self on, 27. 
In-rideo (irr-), 2, -risi, -risum, 

laugh in ridicule; laugh at, 

mock, 30. 
fn-sequor, 3, -secutus [SEC-], 

follow close upon; follow up, 
_ pursue, 19, 23. 
In* sidiae,-arum, f. [SED-, SID-], 

taking a position at ; stratagem, 

trap, snare, 11. 
In-signe, -is, n. [3 SAC-], dis- 
tinctive mark ; sign, signal, 20 ; 

oimament, crest, 21. 
In'sistd, 3, -stitT, — [STA-], set 

one's self on; take a stand on, 
__ 27 ; w. dat. 
fn-star, tadecL, n., image; used 

as pred. adj., like, inform of, 17 ; 

w. gen. 
in- sto, 1, -StitT, -statCirus [STA-], 

stand upon ; press forward, 25. 
in'stru5, 3, -struxi, -structum 

[STRV-], build into; arrange. 



draw up, 8, 20, 22; build, erect, 

30. 
Intel • lego (interl-), 3, -lexi, -lec- 

tum [1 LEG-], choose between; 

understand, be aware, know, find 

out, 8, 10, 33 ; w. ace. and infin. ; 

14, w. indir. quest. 
Inter, prep. w. ace. [ANA-], in the 

midst; between, 9, 17; among, 

1, 4, 0, 15, 19, 24, 31. 
Inter -cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum 

[CAD-], go between; be between, 

move between, 17. 
Inter • cipio, 3, -cepT, -ceptum 

[CAP-], take between; inteixept, 

27. 
Inter -ea, adv. [ANA-; 2 I-] 

between these things; in the mean- 
time^ meanwhile. 
Inter -ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum 

[FAC-], make to be between, 

break in pieces; kill, put to 

death, 10, 11, 23, 25, 31. Cf. 

concido, occid5. 
Inter • icio, 3, -iecT, -iectum [IA-, 

IAC-], hurl between; place or 

plant among, 17 ; pass., intervene, 

22. 
Inter im, adv. [ANA-; 2 I-], in 

the meantime, meanivhile, 9, 12, 

19, 26. 
Interior, -ius, adj., compar. of 

obsolete interns [ANA-], inner, 

interior of, 2. 
Inter -mitto, 3, -misi, -missum 

[MIT-], make go apart; discon- 
tinue, cease, 25. 
Inter -neciS, -onis, f. [1 NEC-, 

NOC-], complete destruction, an- 

nihilation, 28. 
Inter ' scindd, 3, -scidi, -scissum 



VOCABULARY. 



105 



[2 SAC-, SEC-, SCID-], separate 

by splitting ; cut down, hew away, 

demolish, 9. 
Inter -sum, -esse, -fui [ES-], he 

between; be the concern of, con- 
cern, 5 ; w. gen. of price. 
Inter • vallum, -i, n. [1 VEL-, 

VAL-], space between stakes of a 

palisade; distance, interval, 28. 

Cf. spatium. 
In • texo, 3, -uT, -xtum [TEC-, 

TAX-], vjeave in; plait, 33. 
Intra, prep. w. ace. [ANA-], on 

the inside ; within, 4,18, 19. 
Intro, 1 [ANA-], enter, penetrate, 

17. 
Intro • duco, 3, -xT, -ductum 

[DVC-], lead in, bring in, 5, 10. 
Intro • mitto, 3, -misi, -missuin 

[MIT-], cause to go within; let 

in, admit, 33. 
Intr • orsus, adv. [VERT-], towards 

the inside; into the interior, 

within, 18. 
In • usitatus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AV-], 

unusual, strange, 31. 
In • utilis, -e, adj. [1 AV-], useless ; 

unserviceable, incapable, 16 ; w. 

ad and ace. 
In • venio, 4, -venT, -ventum [BA-, 

VA-, VEN-], come upon; find, 

learn, 16 ; w. ace. and infin. 

Cf. c5gnosco. 
In • veterasco, 3, -avi, — [VET-], 

become of long standing ; gain a 

permanent foothold, 1. 
In • video, 2, -vidi, -visum [VID-], 

look tovmrds ; be jealous of, envy, 

31. 
I'pse, -a, -um (gen. ipsius), in- 
tensive pron. [2 I- ; 3 ^ A-'], per- 



son or thing mentioned; self, 3, 
4, 5, etc.; sometimes conveniently 
rendered he, they {the latter), 2, 
20, 29. 

Is, ea, id, determ. pron. [2 I-], 
person or thing mentioned; he, 
that, this, 1, 2, 3, etc. ; akin to 
talis, foil, by subj. clause, 9, 16. 

Ita, adv. [2 I-], in the icay stated; 
so, thus, 11, 33 ; w. ut, iii the way 
that, just as, as, 1. 

Italia, -ae, r., Italy, 29, 35. 

Ita que, conj. [2 I- ; CA-, CI-], 
and so ; therefore, 7, 22. 

Item, adv. [2 1-], even so ; so, like- 
wise, 1, 8, 13, 21, 23, 26. 

Iter, itineris, n. [1 I-], going; 
march, route, line of inarch, 
road, 6, 11, 12, 16, 17, 29. 

lubeo, 2, iussi, iussum [IV-, 
IVG-], or^^er, command, bid, 5, 11. 
25, 28, 33, 35 ; w. ace. and infin. 

ludico, 1 [IV-, IVG-; DIC-], 
declare what is law ; judge, sup- 
pose, think, 27. 

lugum, -i, N. ITV-, TV G-2, joining ; 
ridge, chain of hills, 24. 

lus, iuris, n. [IV-, IVG-], thing 
binding ; constitution, law, 3. 

lustitia, -ae, f. [IV- IVG-], up- 
rightness, justice, fairness, 4. 

luvo, 1, iiivi, ititum [E>IV-, DI-, 
DIAV-], delight ; help, assist, 3. 

luxta, adv. [IV-, IVG-], closely 
joined ; close by, near at hand, 
26. 



L., proenomen Lucius, 11. 
Labienus, -i, m., Titus, most emi- 



106 



VOCABULARY. 



nent of Caesar'' s lieutenants, 1, 
11, 20. 

Lapis, -idis, m., stone, 6. 

Lassitude, -inis, f. [LAG-'], faint- 
ness, exhaustion, 23. 

Lateo, 2, -ui, — , lie hidden-^ he 
concealed, 19. 

Latitude, inis, r. [STER-, STRA-, 
STLA-], breadth; width, ex- 
panse, extent, 7, 8, 12, 29; lat- 
eral direction, 17. 

Latus, -a, -um, adj. [STER-, 
STRA-, STLA-], extended; 
broad, wide, 4, 27. 

Latus, -eris, n. [PLAT-], thing ex- 
tending ; side, flank, 6, 8, 23, 25. 

Laxo, 1 [LAG], loose; change to 
open order, widen, 25. 

Legatio, -onis, f. [3 LEG-], em- 
bassy, legation, 35. 

Legatus, -T, m. [3 LEG-], envoy, 
6, 12, 15, 28, 31, 35 ; lieutenant, 
2, 5, 9, 11, 20. 

Legio, -onis, f. [1 LEG-], levying ; 
largest military division, consist- 
ing of 10 cohorts; legion, 2, 8, 
17, etc. 

Legionarius, -a, -um, adj. [1 
LEG-], belonging to a legion; 
legionary, 27. 

Len-iter, adv. [1 I-], gently, mod- 
erately, 8, 29. 

Levis, -e, adj. [2 LEG-], lightly 
moving ; light, 10, 24. 

Levitas, -atis, f. [2 LEG-], light- 
ness; inconstancy, fickleness, 1. 

Lex, legis, f. [3 LEG-], thing 
read; written law, law, 3. Cf. 
ius. 

Liberal- iter, adv. [LIB-; 1 I-], 
generously, graciously, 5. 



Liberi, -erorum, m. [LIB-], tJiose 
who do as they desire, free per- 
sons ; children {of free par^ 
ents), 5. 

Littera, -ae, f. [LI-], written char- 
acter ; pi., letter, letters; de- 
spatch, despatches, 1, 2, 35. 

Locus, -1, M., that placed or situ- 
ated; place, point, position, sit- 
uation, 2, 4, 5, etc. ; state, condi- 
tion, 26 ; pi., loca, -orum, n., 
region, section, tract, 4, 19. 

Longe, adv. [2 LEG-], in length; 
far, at a distance, 4, 5, 19, 20, 21. 

Longus, -a, -um, adj. [2 LEG-], 
long, lengthy, 21. 

Loquor, 3, locutus, speak, talk, 31. 

Lux, lucis, F., that ivhich shines ; 
light, dawn, daylight, 11. 



M. 

Machinatio, -onis, f., contrivance, 

engine, machine, 30, 31. 
Magis, adv. [MAC-, MAG-], in a 

higher degree ; more, 22, 32. 
Magistratus, -us, m. [MAC-, 

MAG-], magistracy, ruler, 3. 
Magnitude, -inis, f. [MAC-, 

MAG-], greatness, size, height, 

12, 27, 30. 
Magnus, -a, -um, adj. [MAC-, 

MAG-], increased; great, 4, 5, 

6, etc. 
Maior, -ius, adj., compar. of above, 

greater ; maior natu, elder, 13, 28. 
Male • ficium, -T, n. [MAL- ; 

FAC-], evil-doing ; outrage^ hos- 
tile act, 28. Cf. iniuria, indigni- 

tas. 



VOCABULAKY. 



107 



Man do, 1 [1 MA-, MAN-; 2 
DA-], put into one^s hands ; give 
in charge^ enjoin^ order^ 6 ; en- 
trusty consign^ 24 ; w. ace. and 
dat. 

Mani • pulus, -T, m. [1 MA-, MAN- ; 
PLE-, PLV-], thing filling the 
hand; (subdivision of a cohort)^ 
company^ maniple^ 25. 

Man • suetudo, -iiiis, f. [1 MA-, 
MAN- ; SOVO-, SVO-], tame- 
ness ; gentleness, kindness, 14, 
31. Cf. dementia. 

Manus, -us, f. [1 MA-, MAN-], 
measuring thing ; hand, 13, 19, 
30 ; hand, force, 2, 6. 

Maritimus (-umus), -a, -um, adj., 
of the sea ; on the coast, mari- 
time, 34. 

Maturo, 1, make ripe; hasten, 
make haste, 5. Cf. contendo. 

Maxime, adv., superl. of magis, 
q. V. ; most, very, 4. 

Medius, -a, -um, adj., in the mid- 
dle ; middle of, 7. 

Memoria, -ae, f. [1 SMAK-, 
MA^-^, faculty of remembering ; 
recollection, memory, 4, 21. 

Menapii, -orum, m., Gallic tribe 
between the Meuse and Scheld, 4. 

Mercator, -oris, m. [2 SMAR-, 
MER-], trader, 15. 

Meritum, -i, n. [2 SMAE,-, MER-], 
thing deserved; deserts, merit, 
32. 

Miles, -itis, m. [MIL-], one of the 
thousand; soldier, 11, 20, 21, etc. 

MHitaris, -e, adj. [MIL-], of sol- 
diers ; pertaining to war, mili- 
tary, 4, 22. 

Mille, pi. milia or millia, num. 



adj. [MIL-], large number asso- 
ciated; thousand, 4, 6, 7, etc. 

Minime, adv., superl. of minus, 
least, 33. 

Minor, -us, adj. [2 MAN-, MI-], 
smaller ; minus, n. , as adv. , less, 
1, 7, 20; not (=non), 9. 

Miser, -era, -erum, adj. [MIS-], 
wretched, miserable, 28. 

Miseri • cordia, -ae, f. [MIS-], 
heart-pity ; pity, compassion, 
28. 

Mitto, 3, misi, missum [MIT-], 
let go; send, despatch, 2, 3, 5, 
etc. 

Mobilitas, -atis, f. [1 MV-, 
MOV-], ability to be moved, agih 
ity ; fickleness, inconstancy, 1. 
0pp. to stabilitas. Cf. levitas. 

Modo, adv. [2 MA-, MAD-], in a 
measure ; only, merely, 17, 21. 

Modus, -1, M. [2 MA-, MAD-], 
measuring thing ; manner, fash- 
ion, 31. 

Moenia, -ium, n. [2 MV-], things 
that ward off; walls, city walls, 
6, 31. 

Moleste, adv. [1 MAC-, MAG-], 
in a troublesome manner; mo- 
leste ferre, be annoyed or vexed, 
1 ; w. ace. and infin. 

Moneo, 2 [1 MAN-, MEN-], cause 
to think ; direct, 26 ; w. ace., 
foil, by clause w. ut. 

Mora, -ae, f. [1 SMAR-, MAR-], 
stopping, delay, 15. 

Morini, -orum, m., tribe of Belgce 
on Channel, near Calais, 4. 

Moror, 1 [1 SMAR-, MAR-], lin- 
ger, tarry, delay, 7, 10, 11. 

Mos, moris, m. [1 MA-, MAN-], 



108 



VOCABULARY. 



m 



will; custom^ manner, 13, 15. 

Ct". consuetMo. 
Moveo, 2, mo VI, motum [1 MV-, 

MOV-], set in motion; move, 2, 

31. 
Mulier, -eris, f. [MAL-], woman, 

female, 13, 16, 28. 
Multitude, -iiiis, f., large num- 
ber, body, 4, 5, 0, etc. ; quantity, 

number, 10, 32. 
Multus, -a, -um, adj., much, pi. 

many, 11, 25, 29. 
Munimentum, -T, n. [2 MV-], 

means of defence; fortification, 

defence, 17. 
Munio, 4 [2 MV-], wall; fortify, 

erect defences about, protect, 

make, (castra), 5, 12, 19, 20, 29. 
Munitio, -onis, f. [2 MV-], foi^ti- 

fying ; fortification, works, 33. 
Murus, -1, M. [2 MV-], encircling 

thing ; wall, city wall, 6, 12, 13, 

17, 29, 30, 32. Cf. moenia. 



N. 

Nam, co-ord. conj. [GNA-], for, 

6, 14, 16, 19, 23, 30 ; as enclitic, 

quisnam, really, pray, 30. Cf. 

the postpositive enim. 
Nascor, 3, natus [GEN-, GNA-], 

be born; begin, arise, 18. 
Natio, -onis, f. [GEN-, GNA-], 

birth; race, people, 35. Cf. 

populus, gens. 
Natura, -ae, f. [GEN-, GNA-], 

birth; nature, character, 8, 15, 

18, 22, 29. 
(Natus, -us), only abl. sing., m. 

[GEN-, GNA-], birth, 13, 28. 



Navo, 1 [GNA-, GNO-], perform 
with knowledge and zeal; do 
one's best, exert one's self, 25. 

Ne, adv. and conj. [NA-], no; 
adv., not, 3, 17 ; conj., that not, 
lest (after expressions involving 
fear), 1, 5, 8, etc. 

Necessarius, -a, -um, adj. [2 
NEC-], unavoidable; pressing, 
urgent, 21. 

Necessitas, -atis, f. [2 NEC-], 
unavoidableness ; necessity, com- 
pulsion, 11 ; urgency, 22. 

Negotium, -i, n., [1AV-], not 
leisure; business, task, 2; trou- 
ble, difficulty, 17. 

Ne • mo, — , dat. nemini, abl, 
wanting, m. and f. [HAM-], no 
man ; nobody, no one, 33. 

Ne • que or nee, adv. [NA- ; CA-, 
CI-], and not, and so not, 3, 
5, 10, etc. ; neque . . . neque, 
neither . . . nor, 11, 12, 15, 25. 

Nequiquam, adv. [CA-, CI-], 
not in any way ; to no purpose, 
in vain, 21. 

Nervii, -orum, m., most warlike 
tribe of the Bel gee, 4, 15, 16, 
etc. 

Neuter, -tra, -trum, gen. -trius, 
adj. [CA-, CI-], neither (of 
two), 9. 

Ne-ve or neu, conj. [NA-], and 
not; and that not^ 21. 

Nihil, indecl., n. [NA-], nothing, 
15, 26, 28; as adv., not at all, 
17, 20. 

Ni • si, conj. [NA- ; SOVO-, SVO-], 
if not, unless, except, 6, 20, 32. 

Nobilitas, -atis, f. [GNA-, GNO-], 
being known; high birth, 6. 



VOCABULARY. 



109 



Noctu, adv. [1 NEC-, NOC-], by 

nighty 33. 
Nolo, nolle, nolui, — , [VOL-], 

not wish; be univilling, 1. 
Nomen, -inis, n. [GNA-, GNO-], 

means of knowing ; name^ 4, 6, 
. 28. 
Nominatim, adv. [GNA-, GNO-]. 

by name, expressly, 25. 
Nomin5, 1 [GNA-, GNO-], 7iame, 

mention, 18. 
Non, adv. [NA- ; 2 I-], not one; 

not, 2, 6, 8, etc. 
Non-dum, adv. [NA- ; DIV-], 

nut yet, 11. 
Non-nuUus, -a, -um, adj. [2 L], 

not none ; some, 1, 25. 
Noaus, -a, -um, adj., ninth, 23. 
Nos, nostrum, pi. of ego, pron. 

[NV-], ice, 9. 
Noster, -stra, -strum, poss. pron. 

[NV-], our, ours, 1, 4, 8, etc. 
Novem, num. adj., indecl., nine, 4. 
Noviodunum, -T, n., chief town of 

Snesslones, 12. 
Novus, -a, -um, adj. [NV-], 

new, fresh, 1,2; strange, novel, 

31 ; superl., last, in the rear, 11, 

25, 26. 
Nox, -ctis, F. [1 NEC-, NOC-], 

night, 6, 7, 12, 17. 
Nudo, 1, make bare; bare, strip, 

6 ; leave unguarded, 23. 
N-uUus, -a, -um, adj. [2L], not 

any; none, no, 11, 15, 32; as 

dat. of nemo, no one, 6, 35. 
Numeiiis, -i, m., distributed thing ; 

number, amount, numbers, 4, 10, 

17, 33. 
Numida, -ae, m., Numidian, 7, 10, 

24. 



Nun-c, adv. [NV-; CA-, CI-], 
now, at the present time, 4. 

Nuntio, 1 [NV-], announce^ 
report, 2, 26, 28, 29, 32. 

Nuntius, -1, M. [NV-], person or 
thing newly come; messenger, 
7 ; message, news, 2, 6 ; w. ace. 
and infin. 



Ob, prep. w. ace. [APA-], towards; 
on account of, 35. 

Ob • diico, 3, -xT, -ductum [DVC-], 
lead toiuards ; extend, con- 
stJ'uct, 8. 

Ob • itus (-us), M. [1 1-], going to ; 
destruction, 29. Cf. internecio. 

Ob'ses, -idis, m. and f. [SED-], 
one staying in a place ; hostage, 
1, 3, 5, 13, 15, 35. 

Ob'tineo, 2, -uT, -tentum [1 TA-, 
TEN-], lay hold of ; have posses- 
sion of, hold, 4. 

Ob • venio, 4, -venT, -ventum [BA-, 
VA-, VEN-], come in the way of; 
come against, meet, 23 ; w. dat. 

Oc • casus (cbc-), -us, m. [CAD-], 
going down; setting, 11. 

Oc-cid5 (obc-), 3, -cidi, -cisum 
[2 SAC-, SCiD-, CID-], strike 
against; kill, slay, 10, 26, 33. 

Oc • cultus (obc-), -a, -um, adj. 
(P. of occulo) [2 CAL-], cov- 
ered over ; hidden, secret, 18. 

Oc'cupo (obc-), 1 [CAP-], take 
hold of; cover, occupy, 8 ; take 
possession of, hold, 1 ; pass., be 
engaged, occupy one's self, 19. 

Oc'curro (obc-), 3, -currT, -cur- 
sum [CEL-, CER-], run toicards; 



no 



VOCABULARY. 



fall in withj meet ; come against^ 

__21, 24, 27. Cf. obvenio. 

Oceanus, -i, m., ocean, Atlantic, 
34. 

Octavus, -a, -urn, adj., eighth, 23. 

Octo, num. adj., indecl., eight, 
6, 7. 

Offers (obf-), -ferre, obtuli, 
oblatum [1 FER-], bring 
toicards; offer, bear, carry, 21. 

O * mitto, 3, -misi, -missum 
[M1T-], let go; neglect, leave 
untried, 17. 

Omnis, -e, adj. [AP-, 0P-], every, 
all. entire, 1, 2, 3, etc. 

Onus, -eris, n. [AN-], burden; 
bulk, weight, 30. 

Opera, -ae, f. [AP-, 0P-], work- 
ing ; work, service, 25. 

Opinio, -oiiis, f. [AP-, 0P-], 
thinking; impression, idea, ex- 
pectation, 3, ^6b ; reputation, 8, 24. 

O • portet, 2, -uit, — , impers. 
[2 PAR-, POR-], is necessary ; 
must, ought, 20 ; w. pass, infin. 
or ace. and infin. 

Oppidanus (obp-), -a, -um, 
adj. [PED-], of a town; as 
noun, M., townsman, inhabitant 
of a town {other than Borne), 7, 
33. 

Op • pidum (obp-), -T, n. [PED-], 
on the ground; town, 3, 4, 6, 
etc. Cf. urbs ; vlcus. 

Op'portunus (obp-), -a, -um, 
adj. [1 PAR-, PER-], of what 
is opposite the harbor ; suitable, 
convenient, 8. Cf. idoneus. 

Oppugnatio (obp), -onis, f, 
[PAC-, PVG-], act of assault- 
ing; mode of attack^ assault^ 6. 



Oppugns, 1 [PAC-, PVG-], 
fight against; attack, storm, 6; 
carry by assault^ 12. 

(Ops), opis, F. (no nom. or dat. 
sing.) [AP-, 0P-], obtaining 
thing; help, aid, 31; pL, re- 
sources, 14. 

Optimus, -a, -um, adj. used as 
superl. of bonus [AP-, 0P-], 
best, 10. 

Opus, -eris, n. [AP-, 0P-], obtain- 
ing thing; work, siege-work, 
12, 19, 20, 21 ; quant5 opera, 
how greatly, magno opere, very 
much, 5. 

Opus, indecl. n. (really same word 
as above) [AP-, 0P-], w. est, is 

_ necessary, is need, 8, 22. 

OratiS, -onis, f., speaking; ad- 
dress, speech, words, 5, 21. 

OrdS, -inis, m. [0L-, OR-], weav- 
ing ; succession, order, 11, 19, 
22; rank, line, 11, 19. 

Orior, 4, ortus [0L-, OR-], bestir 
one''s self; arise, be raised, 24 ; 
be descended from, 4. 

Osismi, -orum, m., people of Gaul 
(in Brittany), 34. 



P. 

P., abbrev. of Publius, 25, 34. 

Pabulum, -T, n. [PA-], thing affect- 
ing feeding ; fodder, forage, 2. 

Paco, 1 [PAC-], bring to peace; 
subdue, 1, 35. 

PaemanT, -orum, m. German tribe 
of the Belgce, 4. 

Paene, adv., nearly, almost, 19, 
24. ■ 



VOCABULAEY. 



Ill 



Palus, -udis, f., thing having wet 
clay ; marshy swamp, moi^ass, 9, 
16, 28. 

Pando, 3, -di, passum [2 PAT-, 
PAD-], cause to go ; spread out, 
extend, 13. 

Par, paris, adj. [1 PAE-, PER-], 
equal, 18. 

Paratus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 
paro) [2 PAR-, POR-], brought; 
made ready, ready, prepared, S, 
9, 21 ; w. infin. or expression of 
purpose. 

Pars, partis, r. [2 PAR-, POR-], 
that cut ; part, portion, 1, 4, 9, 
etc. ; quarter, direction, 21, 24, 
29 ; point, side, 5, 8, 22. 

Partim, adv. (ace. of Pars) [2 
PAR-, POR-], by a dividing; 
partly, 1, 33. 

Parvulus, -a, -um, dim. adj. 
[PAY-], very small; slight, un- 
important, 30. 

Passus, -lis, M. [1 PAT-], going ; 
double pace, step, pace, 8, 18 ; 
milia passuum, mile (= 5000 
feet), 6, 7, 11, 13, 16. 

Pate-facio, 3, -feci, -factum [2 
PAT- ; PAC-], ma^'e open; open, 
throiv open, 32. 

Pateo, 2, -ui, — [2 PAT-], stand 
open; be open, spread out, ex- 
tend, 7, 8. 

Pater, -tris, m. [PA-], accom- 
plisher of protecting or nour- 
ishing ; father, 4. 

Patior, 3, passus, suffer, endure, 
31 ; suffer, allow, 15. 

Patrius, -a, -um, adj. [PA-], of a 
father; of one"^ s ancestors, ances- 
tral, 15. 



Paucus, -a, -um, adj. [PAY-], 

made to cease; pi. only, few, 

18 ; as substantive, a few, small 

number, 12. 
Paulatim, adv. [PAY-], by little 

and little; gradually, gently, 8, 

26. 
Paulis • per, adv. [PAY- ; 1 PAR-], 

for a short time, 7. 
Paulo, adv. (abl. n. of paulus) 

[PAY-], by a little; a little, 20. 
Paululum, dim. adv. [PAY-], 

very little ; very slightly, 8. 
Paulum, adv. (ace. n. of paulus) 

[PAY-], a little, 25. 
Pax, pacis, f. [PAC-], binding 

tiling ; peace, 6, 13, 15, 29, 31, 

32. 
Pedes, -itis, 3i. [PED-], one that 

goes on foot ; foot-soldier, 24. 
Pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [PED-], 

of infantry, infantry, 17. 
Pedius, -1, M., Quintus Pedius, 

Caesar's nephew, and lieutenant 

under him, 2, 11. 
Pellis, -is, F. [PLE-], hide, skin, 

33. 
Pello, 3, pepulT, pulsum [PAL-, 

PEL-], cause to move ; drive, dis- 
lodge, 24 ; rout, defeat, 17, 19, 24. 
Per, prep. w. ace. [I'PAR-, PER-], 

through ; by, by m^-ans of, 11, 20, 

31 ; on account of, 16 ; through, 

by way of, 16 ; over, 10. 
Per'fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latum [1 

FER-], carry through; bear, 

endure, 14 ; bear, spread among, 

35. 
PericUtor, 1 [1 PAR-, PER-], 

test; prove, make trial, 8. 
Periculum, -i, n. [1 PAR-, PER-], 



112 



VOCABXJLAKY. 



means of trying^ trial ; danger ^ 
perils 5, 11, i^6. 

Per • mitto, 3, -misT, -missum 
[M1T-], let through; yields give 
up, 3, 31 ; w. ace. and dat. 

Per* moved, 2, -movi, -motum 
[1 MV-, MOV-], stir up thor- 
oughly; disturb, alarm, 12, 24. 

Per • spicio, 3, -spexi, -spectum 
[SPEC-], see through, 17, 18; 
perceive clearly, find out, ascer- 
taiii, 11, 17, 32. 

Per-suadeo, 2, -sT, -sum, thor- 
oughly advise; prevail upon, 
persuade, 10, 16 ; w. dat. and 
subjunctive w. ut. 

Per • terreo, 2 [TER-], thoroughly 
frighten ; demoralize, render 
panic-stricken, 24, 27. Cf. per- 
turbo. 

Pertiiieo, 2, -uT, — [1 TA-, 
TEN-], thoroughly hold; extend 
tn, 19. 

Per -turbo, 1 [TVR-], throw into 
utter confusion; disconcert, 
alarm, 11, 21. Cf. pernio veo. 

Per-venio, 4, -venT, -ventum 
[BA-, YA-, VEN-], come quite 
to ; reach, arrive at, 2, 11, 15, 17. 

Pes, pedis, m. [PED-], going 
thing ; foot, 5, 18, 29, 30. 

Peto, 3, -ivi and-il, -itum [PET-], 
fall upon ; seek, 20, 24 ; aim at, 
make for, 11, 23 ; seek, make re- 
quest, ask, 12, 14, w. ut and sub- 
junct. ; ask, beg, 13, 31, w. ace. 

PHum, -T, N. [PIS-], crushing 
thing; heavy javelin, 23, 27. 

Planities (-el), f. [PLAT-],^a^ 
ness ; level stretch of country, 
plain, 8. 



Plerum • que, adv. (ace. n. of ple- 

rusque), for the most part, gen- 
erally, 30. 
Plerus • que, -raque, -rumque, adj. 

[PLE-; CA-, Ql-'], larger part 

of; most of, 4. 
Plurimus, -a, -um, adj. (used as 

superl. of multus) [PLE-, PLO-, 

PLV-], most; ace. n. as adv., 

most, 4. 
PolUceor, 2 [LIC-, L1QV-], 

offer very much ; offer, promise, 

4, 35. 
Pondus, -eris, n., iveighing thing ; 

weight, bulky 29. Cf. onus. 
Pono [for portsino], 3, posui, 

positum [1 SA-, SI-], let down; 

place, establish, pitch, &, 7, 8, 13 ; 

place, base on, 11. 
Pons, pontis, m. [1 PAT-], means 

(f going ; bridge, 5, 9, 10. 
Populor, 1 [SCAL-, SPOL-],po^^r 

out people; lay luaste, ravage, 

raid, 5, 9. Cf . depopulor, vasto. 
Populus, -T, M. [PLE-, PLO-], the 

many; people, nation, 1, 3, 13, 

etc. Cf . gens. 
Por* rectus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of 

porrigo) [REG-, RJG-], stretched 

out, stretched forward, 19. 
Porta, -ae, r. [1 PAR-, POR-], 

thing passed through; gate, 6, 

24, 32, 33. 
Porto, 1 [1 PAR-, POR-], bear 

along, carry, convey, 5, 29. 
Posco, 3, poposci, — [PREC-], 

ask for urgently; demand, re- 
quest, 15. Cf. peto. 
Po3 -sides, 2, -sedi, -sessum 

[SED-], have and hold, possess, 4. 
Pos-sum, posse, potui [POT-], 



VOCABULARY. 



113 



he able, can, 1, 3, 4, etc. ; amount 

to, be influential or powerful, 

4,8. 
Post, prep. w. ace. [POS-], behind; 

after, 14, 29 ; behind, 5, 9, 19. 
Post-ea, adv. [rOS-; 2 I-], after 

this ; after hoards, 17, 30, 32. 
Post-quam, conj. [PCS- ; CA-, 
'CI-], after that; after, as soon 

as, when, 5. 
Postri • die, adv. (contr. from pos- 

tero die) [POS-; DIV-, DI-], 

on the day after, 12, 33 ; w. gen. 
Postulo, 1 [PREC-], ask, demand, 

require, 4, 22, 33. Cf. posco. 
Poteas, -entis, adj. [POT-], able, 

mighty, powerful, 1, 4. 
Pofcestas, -atis, r. [POT-] , ability ; 

power, control, 3, 31, 34 ; power, 

ability, 6. 
Potior, 4 [POT-], become master 

of; get control of, gain, 7, 24, 

26 ; w. abl. 
Potius, adv. (compar.) [POT-], 

rather, preferably, 10 ; foil, by 

quam. 
Pras, prep. w. abl. [PRO-, PRI-, 

PRAE-], before; in comparison 

with, 30. 
Prae • aciitus, -a, -um, adj. [1 

AC-], sharpened in front; 

pointed, shaipened at the point, 

29. 
Pra3-beo [for praehibeo], 2 

[HAB-], hold forth; furnish, 

afford, 17. 
Prae-ceps, -ipitis, adj. [CAP-], 

head foremost; headlong^ in 

haste, 24. 
Prae • dor [for praehedor] , 1, 

make booty ; plunder, raid, 17,24. 



Prae • fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latum 
[1 FEK-], bear before; place be- 
fore, thrust forward, outdo, 27 ; 
w. ace. and dat. 

Prae • ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum 
[PAC-], place over ; put at the 
head of, place in command of, 
11 ; w. ace. and dat. 

Prae • mitto, 3, -misi, -missum 
[MIT-], send before; send in 
advance, 11, 17, 19. 

Prae'scribo, 3, -psT, -ptum 
[SCARP-, SCALP-], write be- 
fore; dictate, prescribe, direct, 
20 ; w. dat. and indir. question. 

Prae • sertim, adv. [1 SER-, 
SVAR-], by an arranging be- 
fore ; especially, particularly, 30. 

Prae • sidium, -i, n. [SED-], sitting 
before; guard, defence, support, 
6, 19, 26, 29, 33; protection, 
safety, 11. 

Prae-sto, 1, -stiti, — [STA-], 
stand before ; excel, 15 ; put forth, 
exhibit,21 ; be preferable,be better 
(impers.), 31. 

Prae -sum, -esse, -fui [ES-], be 
before; be in charge of, com- 
mand, 6, 9 ; w. dat. 

Premo, 3, pressT, pressum, press ; 
push closely, press hard, 24. 

Primi • pHus, -i, m. [PRO-, PRI- ; 
PIS-], first centurion of the tria- 
rii^ 25. 

Primo, adv. [PRO-, PRI-], at 
first, 8. 

Primum, adv. (ace. n. of primus) 
[PRO-, V^l-\ first thing; first, 
in the first place, 1, 10, 30 ; cum 
primum, as soon as, 2. 

Primus, -a, -um, adj. [PRO-, 



114 



VOCABULARY. 



PRI-], first, foremost, 10, 11, 
17, etc. ; as noun, m., chief, lead- 
ing man, 3, 18. 

Prin • ceps, -ipis, adj. [PRO-, 
PRI- ; CAP-], talcing first place ; 
as noun, leader^ chief 5, 14. Cf. 
primus. 

Prior, -ius, gen. -oris, adj. [PRO-, 
PR1-], former ; those preceding, 
men in front, 11. 0pp. novissimi. 

Pris'tinus, -a, -um, adj. [PRO-, 
PRI-; 1 TA-, TEN-] former; 
former, old time, 21. 

Prius, adv. (ace. n. of prior) 
[PRO-, PRI-], earlier, sooner, 
32 ; foil, by quam. 

Prius- quam, adv., conj. {■= prius 
quam) [PRO-, PRI- ; CA-], 
sooner than, before, 12 ; w. subj. 
Cf. prius quam, 32. 

Pro, prep. w. abl. [PRO-, PRI-], 
before ; in front of, before, 8 ; 
in behalf of, 14 ; in proportion to, 
to the best of one's ability, 25 ; in 
accordance with, agreeably ^o, 31. 

Pro • cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum 
[CAD-], go forward; advance, 
proceed, 20, 25. 

Pro • cul, adv. [CEL-] , driven for- 
ward ; at a distance, afar off, 30. 

Pro * cumbo, 3, -cubuT, -cubitum, 
bend forvjards ; fall fonvard, 
sink to the ground, 27. 

Proelior, 1, fight, contend, 23. Cf. 
dimico, congredior. 

Proelium, -T, ^. , fighting^ fight, 2S, 
25, 26, 27; skirmish, engage- 
ment, battle, 8, 9, 20, 21, 28, 30. 

Pro • feotio, -onis, r. [EAC-], 
going away ; setting out, depar- 
ture, 11. 



Pro • ficTscor, 3, -f actus [FAC-], 

begin to go fonvard ; set out, go, 

march, 2, 21, 25, 35. 
Profligo, 1 [ELAG-, FLIG-], 

strike to the ground; rout, defeat, 

23. Cf. pello, conicio. 
Pro- fugio, 3, -fugi, — [2 EVG-], 

fiee before; flee for refuge, 

escape, 14. 
Pro • gnatus, -a, -um, adj. [GEN-, 

GN-, GNA-], born, descended, 

sprung from, 29. 
Pro • gredior,3,-gressus [GRAD-], 

go forward; advance, proceed, 

10, 28. Cf. procedo. 
Prohibeo, 2 [HAB-], hold 

before; hinder, prevent, 4, w. 

ace. and infin. ; keep from, cut 

off, 9, 28, Yf. ace. and abl. 
Pro • icio, 3, -iecT, -ieetum [IA-, 

IAC-], cast forward; give up, 

abandon, renounce, 15. 
Pro • moveo, 2, -movT, -m5tum 

[1 MV-, MOV-], move forward, 

advance, 31. 
Prope, adv. [PARC-, PLEC-], 

near ; nearly, almost, 28, 32. 
Propero, 1 [2 PAR-, POR-], 

hasteii, make haste, 11, 35. 
Propinquitas, -atis, r. [PARC-, 

PLEC-], nearness, proximity, 20 ; 

family connection, kinship, 4, 

Cf. adfinitas. 
Propinquus,-a, -um, adj. [PARC-, 

PLEC-], being near; near, close, 

adjacent, 35, w. dat. 
Pro'pono, 3, -posui, -positum 

[1 SA-, SI-], place before; put 

forth, expose to view, display, 

20. 
Prop • ter, prep. w. ace. [PARC-, 



VOCABULARY. 



115 



PLEC-], near; on accciint of, 
4, 8, 12, 16, 20. 

Propter-ea,adv.[PARC-,PLEC-], 
on account of that ; foil, by quod, 
for the reason {that), because, 
4 ; foil, by indie. 

Propugno, 1 [PAC-, PAG-, 
PVG-], fight before; fight in 
defence, make defensive sallies, 7. 

Pro'sequor, 3, -sectitus [SEC-], 
folloio onward; pursue, follow 
after, 11 ; follow, address, 5. 

Prospectus, -us, m. [SPEC-], 
forward look; out-look, distant 
view, prospect, 22. 

Protinus, adv. [1 TA-, TEN-], 
before one's self; at once, imme- 
diately, 9. 

Pro -turbo, 1 [TVR-], drive for- 
ward; drive off, frighten away, 
19. Cf. pello.' 

Pro • video, 2, -vTdT, -visum 
[VXD-], see before; look out, 
see, attend to, 22. 

Provincia, -ae, f. [VIC-], terri- 
tory acquired by conquest ; prov- 
ince, 29. 

Pro • volo, 1, -avi, — , fly forth ; 
hasten forth, hurry forward, 19. 

Proxime, adv., superl. of prope 
[PARC-,PLEC-], nearest; most, 
recently, last, 8, 19. 

Proximus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. 
of propior, no pos.) [PARC-, 
PLEC-], nearest, closest, 3, 12, 
33; next, following, 21, (of time) 
12, 35. 

Pru • dentia (for pr5 * videntia) , 
-ae, F. [VXD-], seeing before; 
foresight, wisdom, prudence, 4. 

Publicus, -a, -um, adj. [PLE-, 



PLO-], belonging to the people; 
w. res, republic, state, govern- 
ment, 5. 

Puer, -eri, m., one begotten; boy^ 
child, 13, 28. 

Pugna, -ae, f. [PAC-, PAG-, 
PVG-], thrusting thing; fight, 
battle, 16, 25,28, 29. Cf . proelium. 

Pugno, 1 [PAC-, PAG-, PVG-], 
fight, contend, 8, 10, 21, 26, 27, 
33. Cf. congredior, contendo, 
dimico, proelior. 



Q., abbrev. for Quintus, 2, 5, 9, 11. 

Qua, adv. (abl. f. of qui) [CA-], 
on which side; at what point, 
where, 33. 

Quadrin- genti, -ae, -a, num. adj. 
[CEN-], /oi<r hundred, 8. 

Quaero, 3, -sivi, -situm, seek; 
ask, enquire^ make enquiry, 4, 
15 ; look for, seek, try to find, 21. 
Cf . peto. 

Quam, adv. (ace. of qui) [CA-], 
in ivhat manner; than, 10, 19, 
20,21,22,31,32. Cf . ac (19). 

Quam • vis, adv. [CA- ; VOL-], as 
you will ; as much as you like, 
any-so-ever, any, 31. 

Quantus, -a, -um, adj. [CA-], how 
great, how many, 4, 5, 14, 26, 
in indir. quest.; as great as, as 
much as, 8, 11. Cf. tantus. 

Quartus, -a, -um, ?idj., fourth, 25. 

Quattuor, num. adj., indecl., four, 
33. 

Que, enclitic conj. [CA-, CI-], 
and, 1, 2, 3, etc. Joins kin- 
dred expressions ; sometimes 



116 



VOCABULARY. 



couples a sentence to a preceding 
one. Cf. et, atque. 

Qui, quae, quod, rel. and adj. 
pron. [CA-, CI-], lolio, ichlch, 
whatf that^ 1, 2, 8, etc. 

Qui • dam, quaedam, quoddam, 
indef. pron. [CA-, CI- ; 3 DA-], 
certain one, some one, 17. 

Qui • dem, adv. [CA-, CI- ; 3 J)A-], 
certainly ; ne . . . quidem, en- 
closing emphatic word or ex- 
pression, not even, 3, 17. 

Qui-n, conj. w. subj. [CA-, CI- ; 
NA-], by which not; hut that, 
that, from, 2, 3. 

Qui -nam (quis-), quae-, quod-, 
interrog. pron. [CA-, CI-], for 
who? ivho, vjhich, ichat, pray? 
ivhat in the world? 30. 

Quin • decim, num. adj., indecl. 
[DEC-], fifteen, 2, 4, 30, 35. 

Quin • genti, -ae, -a, num. adj. 
[CEN-],j^ve hundred, 28. 

Quinqua • ginta, num. adj., 
indecl., j^/^?/, 4, 33. 

Quinque, num. adj., indecl., j^ve. 

Quis, quae, quid ? interrog. pron. 
[CA-, CI-], who? which? what? 
4, 8, 11, etc. Indef. after si and 
ne, any one, any, 8, 14, 32, 33. 

Quis • quam,— ,quicquam(quidq-), 
indef. pron. [CA-, CI-], any, any 
at all^ 17 ; in negative clauses. 

Quis -que, quae-, quid- (quod-), 
indef. pron. [CA-, CI-], each, 
each 07ie, every, 4, 10, 11, 21, 22, 
25. 

Quis • quis, — , quicquid (quidq-) 
or quodquod, indef. rel. pron. 
[CA-, CI-], whatever, whatso- 
ever, everything which, 17. 



Quo, rel. adv. (dat. and abl. of 
qui) [CA-, CI-], in what place ; 
(dat. use) where, whither, 16, 17, 
21 ; conj. (rel. adv.), = ut eo, by 
which, so that, that, 25. 

Quod, conj. (ace. n. of qui) [CA-, 
CI-], that; in that, because, 1, 4, 
10, etc. ; the fact that, 17. 

Quo • que, adv. [CA-, CI-], also, 
too, as well, 10, 22 ; placed after 
word to be emphasized. 



Ramus, -T, m., growing thing; 
branch, 17. 

Ratio, -onis, r. [JiA-^, rec7co7iing ; 
consideration, 10 ; plan, method^ 
system, 19, 22. 

Re-, Red-, back, away, in comp. 
only. 

Re • cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum 
[CAP-], take back; admit, re- 
ceive, 3, 15; with reflex, pron., 
recover, 12 ; betake one's self, re- 
treat, go, 11, 19, 24. Cf. se c5n- 
ferre. 

Red • do, 3, -didi, -ditum [1 DA-], 
give back; render, 5. 

Red-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum [1 I-], go 
back ; recede, decline, slope aicay, 
8. 

Red'igo, 3, -egi, -actum [AG-], 
drive back ; bring down, reduce, 
14, 28, 34; render, 27. Cf. 
reddo. 

Red • in • tegro, 1 [TAG-], make 
whole again ; renew, restore, 23, 
25, 27. 

Redones, -um, m., tribe of Brit- 
tany, 34. 






VOCABULARY. 



117 



Re • duco, 3, -XI, -ductum [DVC-], 

lead backy 9. 
Re'fero, -ferre, rettuli, -latum 

[1 EER-], bear back; report, 

announce^ 33. Cf. adfero, re- 

niintio. 
Re • f ring 5, 3, -fregi, -fractum, 

break back; break open, tear 

open, 33. 
Regio, -onis, r. [KEG-], direct- 
' ing, direction; region, distnct, 

locality, country, 4. 
Regnum, -i, n. [REG-], that 

which rules; power, control, 1. 
Re-icio, 3, -iecT, -iectum [IA-, 

IAC-], hurl back; throio back, 

drive back, 33. 
Re • languesco, 3,-guT, — [LAG-], 

lose energy, be loeakened, 15. 
Re • linquo, 3, -liquT, -lictum 

[LIC-, LIQV-] leave behind, 

leave, 5, 8, 29. 
Re-liquus, -a, -um, adj. [LIC-, 

LIQV-], remaining ; other, rest 

of, 2, 3, 5, etc. ; as noun, m., the 

rest, the others, 10, 25. 
Remi, -orum, m., people of Bel- 
gium on the Axona, 3, 4, 5, etc. 
Re • mitto, 3, -mlsi, -missum 

[MIT-], send back; hurl back, 

return, 27 ; relax, weaken, 15. 

Cf. reicio. 
Re-nuntio, 1 [NV-], bring back 

word; announce, report, 24; w. 

dat. and ace. and infin. Cf. 

adferd, refero. 
Re-pell6, 3, reppulT, -pulsura 

[PAL-, PEL-, PVL-], drive back, 

repulse, 10. Cf. reicio. 
Repentino, adv. (abl. of repenti- 

nus), suddenly, 33. 



Re • perio, 4, repperi, -pertum 
[2 PAR-, POR-] , produce again ; 
fiiid, find out, ascertain, 9 ; w. 
ace. and infin., 4, 15. 

Res, rei, f. [RA-], thing spoken 
of; thing, circumstance, matter, 
affair, business, fact, 1, 2, 3, 
etc. ; res f rumen taria, grain- 
supply, provisions, 2 ; respublica, 
state, republic, 5. 

Re • sisto, 3, -stitT, — [STA-], 
stand back; hold one^s ground, 
maintain one^s position, resist, / 

22, 23, 26. 

Re • spicio, 3, -spexT, -spectum 

[SPEC-], look back, look behind 

one, 24. 
Re • spondeo, 2, -ndi, -sponsum, 

promise in return ; reply, answer, 

32. 
Re • tineo, 2, -ui, -tentum [1 TA-, 

TEN-], keep back; keep up, 

maintain, 21 ; keep back, reserve, 

32, 33. 
Re • verto, 3, -i, — [VERT-], turn 

back ; return, go back, 14, 29. 
Re*vertor, 3, -versus (Pass, of 

above, as deponent) [VERT-], 

turn back; return, go back, 10, 

35. 
Revoco, 1 (VOC-, VAG-), call 

back, summon, 20. 
Rex, regis, m. [REG-], ruler; 

king, chieftain, 4, 13. 
Rhenus, -T, M.,the Rhine, 3, 4, 29, 

35. 
Ripa, -ae, f., bank, river-bank, 5, 

23, 27. 

Romanus, -a, -um, adj., Roman, 
1, 3, etc. ; as noun, m., Roman, 
10, 12, 13, etc. 



118 



VOCABULARY. 



Rubus, -1, M., red-colorrd thing; 
bramble^ 17. 

Rumor, -5ris, m., sounding ; re- 
port, rumor ^ 1. 

Rapes, -is, r. [KAP-, RYP-], 
broken thing ; cliffy steep rocky 29. 

R-ursus, adv. [VERT-], turned 
back ; again, back again, 19, 23, 
24. 

S. 

Sabinus, -i, m., Q. Titurius Sa- 
binus, lieutenant of Cmsar, 5. 

Sabis, -is, m., river Sambre in 
countri/ of Nervii, 16, 18. 

Saepes, -is, r. [1 SAC-, SAG-], 
hedge, 17, 22. 

Sagittarius, -T, m. [1 SAC-, SAG-], 
of an arrow; archer, boxmnan, 
7, 10, 19. 

Salus, -utis, F. [SAL-, SER-], 
being well ; preservation, salva- 
tion, safety, 27, 33; well-being, 
welfare, 5. 

Sarcinae, -arum, f., bundle; lug- 
gage, personal baggage, 17. 

Saxum, -T, n. [2 SAC-, SEC-], 
fragment of rock ; rock, stone, 29. 

Scientia, -ae, r. [2 SAC-, SEC-, 
SCI-], knowing ; knowledge, 20. 

Scribo, 3, -psi, -ptum [SCARP-, 
SCALP-], scratch; write, give 
an account, 29. 

Scutum, -T, N, [SCV-, CV-], cover- 
ing thing ; shield, 21, 25, 27, 33. 

Sectio, -5nis, f. [2 SAC-, SEC-], 
cutting ; lot of booty, booty, 33. 

Secundum, prep. w. ace. (ace. n. 
of secundus) [^^C-'], following ; 
in the direction of, along, 18. 

Secundus, -a, -um, adj. [SEC-], 



following; second, 11; success- 
ful, favorable, 9 . 

Sed, co-ord. conj., adversative 
[SOVO-, SVO-], apart from; 
but, 14, 17, 19,20,21,32. 

Senator, -oris, m. [SEN-], old 
man ; elder, senator, 28. 

Senatus, -us, m. [SEN-], office of 
an old man ; council, senate, 5. 

S:?nones, -um, m., tribe on upper 
Seine, 2. 

Sententia, -ae, f. [SENT-], think- 
ing ; opinion, vieio, 10. 

Sentes, -iuin, m. thorns, briars, 
brambles, 17. 

Septimus, -a, -um, adj., seventh, 
23, 26. 

Sequor, 3, secutus [SEC-], fol- 
low ; go along, accompany, 17; 
follow, result, 22. 

Servitus, -utis, f. [1 SER-, 
SVAR-], slavery, servitude, sub- 
jection, 14. 

Servo, 1 [SAL-, SER-], save; 
keep, maintain, 33. 

Sex, num. adj., indecl., six, 5, 8, 
19, 29. 

Sexaginta, num. adj., indecl., 
sixty, 4. 

Sex • centT, -ae, -a, num. adj. 
[CEN-], six hundred, 15, 28. 

Si, conj. [SOVO-, SVO-], if in 
case, 5, 8, 9, etc. ; to see if, 
whether, 9, w. indir. question. 

Si-c, adv. [3 SA-; CA-, CI-], in 
this manner; so, in such a man- 
ner, 32 ; in following manner, 
as follows, 4, 15. 

Signi • fer, -eri, m. [3 SAC- ; 1 
PER-], standard-bearer, ensign, 
25. 



i 



I 



VOCABULARY. 



119 



Signi • ficatio, -onis, f. [o SAC- ; 
EAC-], pointing out ; announce- 
ment^ signal, 33. 

Significo, 1 [3 SAC-; FAC-], 
show by signs; indicate, show, 
7 ; announce, make known, 13 ; 
w. ace. and infin. 

Signum, -i, N. [3 SAC-], mark; 
signal, sign^ 20, 21 ; military 
-standard, ensign^ 21, 25, 26 ; — 
convertere, face about, wheel, 
26 ; — mf erre, advance to attack, 
charge, 25 ; ad — consistere, rally 
round the standards, 21. 

Silva, -ae, f. [2 SER-, SVAL-], 
wood, forest, 18, 19. 

Silvestris, -e, adj. [2 SER-, 
SVAL-], of a wood; wooded, 18. 

Simul, adv. [2 SA-, SIM-], to- 
gether ; at the same time, 24. 

Si-ne, prep. w. abl. [SOYO-], 
without, 5, 11, 15, 25, 31. 

Singularis, -e, adj. [2 SA-, SEM-, 
SIM-], one by one ; remarkable, 
extraordinary, 24. Cf. exiinius. 

Singuli, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj. 
[2 SA-, SEM-, SIM-], one to 
each; one at a time, sepai'ate, 
single, 17, 20. 

Sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. left, on 
the left, 23. 

Sol, -is, M. [2 SER-, SVAL-], 
sun^ 11. 

SoUi-cito, 1 [SAL-; CI-], move 
violently; stir up, instigate, in- 
cite, 1. 

Solum, adv. (ace. n. of solus) 
[SAL-, SER-], alone, only, 14. 

Solus, -a, -um, adj. [SAL-, SER-], 
alone, only, sole, 4. 

Spatium, -i, n. [SPA-, PA-] , race- 



course ; space, distance, 17, 30 ; 
extent, time, 11. 

Species, -iei, f. [SPEC-], seem^; 
sight, form, appearance, 31. 

Speculator, -oris, m. [SPEC-], 
searcher; scout, spy, 11. Cf. ex- 
plorator. 

Spes, -ei, f. [SPA, PA-], hope, 
expectation, 7, 25, 27, 33. 

Spiritus, -us, M., breathing ; feel- 
ing, pride, haughtiness, 4. 

Statim, adv. [STA-], in standing ; 
at once, immediately, 11. Cf. 
protinus. 

Static, -onis, f. [^T A-I, standing ; 
guard, out-post, picket, 18. 

Statuo, 3, -uT, -utum [STA-], 
make stand; fix, determine, de- 
cide,^, 31. 

Statiira, -ae, f. [STA-], standing 
upright ; stature, size, 30. 

Strepitus, -us, m., clashing, clat- 
ter, noise, din, 11. Cf. clamor, 
fremitus. 

Studeo, 2, -ui, — [SPA-, PA-], 
be eager; strive after, he bent 
upon, desire, 1 ; devote one's self 
to, pay attention to, 17 ; w. dat. 

Studium,-!, N. [SPA-, PA-],^6aZ, 
eagerness, enthusiasm, 7. 

Sub, prep. w. abl. and ace, under, 
beneath '•7; near to, toward, 11, 
33. 

Sub-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum [1 I-], go 
under ; go near, approach closely, 
come up, 25, 27. Cf. adpropln- 
quo, suecedo. 

Sub'ito, adv. (abl. of subitus) 
[1 I-], by coming on stealthily ; 
suddenly, unexpectedly, 19 ; has- 
tily, offhand, 33. Cf. repentino. 



120 



VOCABULARY. 



Sub-mitto (summ-), 3, -misi, 

-missum [MIT-], send below; 

send to aid, despatch, send, 6, 25 ; 

w. dat. 
Sub • ru6 (surr-), 3, -rui,-rutuni, 

tear down below; undermine, 

dig under, 6. 
Sub'sequor, 3, -secutus [SEC-], 

follow closely, pursue, 11, 19. 
Sub • sidium, -i, n. [SED-], sitting 

behind ; reserve forces, reserves, 

22, 25 ; aid, assistance, help, 6, 

7, 8, 20, 26. Cf . auxilium. 
Suc'cedd (subc-), 3, -cessi, 

-cessum [CAD-], go below; 

draw near, approach closely, 6. 

Cf. subeo, adpropinquo. 
Suc'cessus (subc-), -us, m. 

[CAD-], going below ; advance, 

close approach y 20. 
Suessiones, -um, m., German 

tribe north of the Marne, 3, 4, 

12, 13. 
Sui, sibi, se (sese), reflex, pron. 

referring to subject or speaker, 

[SOVO-, SVO-], self; of himself 

of themselves, etc., 1, 2, 3, etc. 
Sum, esse, fui[ES-],?)e; exist, be, 

1, 2, 3, etc. 
Summa, -ae, f. (p. of summus, 

sc. res), highest {thing) ; chief 

control, general management, 4, 

23. 
Summus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. 

of superus), highest, greatest, 

topmost, 6, 23, 24, 32 ; highest 

part, summit, top, 18, 26. 
Su • mo, 3, -mpsi, -mptum [EM-], 

take, claim, assume, 4. 
Superior, -ius, gen. -oris, adj. 

compar. of superus, higher, up- 



per, 18, 23, 2^] preceding, former t 
past, 20. Cf . altior ; pristinus. 

Supero, 1, go over ; defeat, van- 
quish, 24. Cf. vinc5. 

Super -sedeS, 2, -sedi, -sessum 
[SED-], sit over; refrain from, 
omit, postpone, 8 ; w. abl. 

Super -sum, -esse, -fui [ES-], be 
above; remain, survive, 27, 28. 

Sup-plex (subpl-), -ids, adj. 
[PARC-, PLEC-], folding the 
knees beneath; suppliant, be- 
seeching, 28. 

Sup • plicatio (subpl-) -onis, f. 
[PARC-, PLEC-], kneeling 
down ; thanksgiving, 35. 

Supra, adv., on upper side ; above, 
before, 1, 18, 29. 

Sustento, 1 [1 TA-, TEN-], 
keep holding up ; hold out, main- 
tain one''s self, 6, 14. 

Sus • tineo, 2, -ui, -tentum [1 TA-, 
TEN-], hold up under; with- 
stand, sustain, 11, 21 ; with re- 
flex, pron. , hold out, 6 ; keep 
upright, stand up, 25. 

Suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. [SOVO-, 
SVO-], of himself, his own, their 
own, etc., 3, 4, 5, etc. ; as noun, 
M., their (his) countrymen, 
friends, 6, 8, 9, etc. ; n., property, 
possessions, 3, 13, 29. 



T., praenomen Titus, T. Labienus, 

11, 26. 
Tam, adv. [2 TA-], so far; so, to 

such a degree, 21. 
Tamen, adv. [2 TA-], in so far; 

still, however; nevertheless, 8, 32. 



VOCABULAEY. 



121 



Tantulus, -a, -um, dim. adj. [2 

TA-], so small; so trifling , 30. 

Cf. parvulus. 
Tantus, -a, -um, adj. [2 TA-], of 

such size; so great, so much, S, 

5, 6, etc. 
Tardo, 1, make slow, retard, check, 

25. 
Tardus, -a, -um, adj., slow (loeary, 

exhausted), 25. 
Tegimenta (tegn-), -orum, n., 

means of covering; covering, 

cover, 21. 
Telum, -i, n. [TEC-], missile, 

weapon, javelin, 6, 10, 21, 25, 27, 

33. 
Tempus, -oris, n. [1 TA-, TEN-], 

time (in general), 5, 14, 19, 20, 

21, 24, 33, 34 ; moment, 19 ; time, 

period, day, 17, 35 ; emergency, 

crisis, 22. 
Tendo, 3, tetendi, tentum (ten- 
sum) [1 TA-, TEN-], stretch; 

stretch out, extend, 13. Cf. 

pando. 
Teneo, 2, -uT, — [1 TA-, TEN-], 

hold, have, 23; hold, surround, 24. 
Tener, -era, -erum, adj. [1 TA-, 

TEN-], tender, young, 17. 
Terror, -oris, m. [TER-, TERS-], 

frightening ; great fear, fright, 

panic, 12. 
Tertius, -a, -um, adj., third, 1, 32, 

33. 
Testudo, -inis, f., having a shell ; 

tortoise, bulwark of shields, 6. 
Teuton!, -orum (-es, -um), m., 

German tribe, 4, 29. 
Timeo, 2, -ui, — , fear, be afraid, 

entertain fears, 26, w. ne fol- 
lowed by subjunctive. 



Titurius, -i, 3i., Q. Titurius Sa- 

binus, lieutenant of CcEsar'^s, 5, 

9, 10. 
Titus, -T, M., praenomen of Labi- 

enus, Coesar^s lieutenant, 11, 26. 
Tormentum, -i, n. [TAHC- 

(TARP-), TREP-], thing tioist- 

ed; machine of war, engine for 

hurling, 8. 
Tot -idem, adj., indecl. [2 TA- ; 

3 DA], jwsf as many, same num- 
ber of, 4. 
Totus, -a, -um, gen. totius, adj. 

[TY-, TO-], increased; whole, 

entire, 4, 6, 19, 23. 
Trabs, trabis, r. [TARC- (TARP-), 

TREP-], beam, timber, 29. 
Tra- do, 3, -didi, -ditum [1 DA-], 

give over; hand over, give up, 

surrender, 13, 15, 31, 32. 
Tra • duco, 3, -xi, -ductum [DVC-], 

lead over; lead across, bring 

over, 4, 5, 9, 10. 
Trans, prep. w. ace, across, over, 

beyond, 16, 35. 
Trans • eo, -ire, -ii, -itum [1 I-], go 

over; go across, cross, 9, 10, 23, 

24, 27. 
Trans • gredior, 3, -gressus 

[GRAD-], go, over; go across, 

cross, 19. Cf. transeo. 
Trans • versus, -a, -um, adj. 

[VERT-], turned across ; cross- 

wise, at right angles, oblique, 8. 
Tres, tria, gen. -ium, num. adj., 

three, 11, 18, 28, 33. 
Treveri, -orum, m., Celtic tribe on 

the Moselle, 24. 
Tribunus, -T, m., tribune, 26. 
Triduum, -T, n. [DIV-, DI-, 

DIAV-], three days' time, 16. 



122 



VOCABULARY. 



Tuba, -ae, r., trumpet, 20. 

Turn, adv. [2 TA-], then, at that 

time, 2, 6 ; then, in addition, 

further, 27, 29 ; cum . . . turn, 

both . . . and, 4. 
Tumultus,- us, M. [TV-, TVM-], 

sioelling ; confusion, uproar, 

noise, 11. Cf. strepitus. 
Tumulus, -1, M. [TV-, TVM-], 

swelling up; mound, hillock, hill, 

27. 
Turones, -um (-1, -orum), m., tribe 

of Gaul on Loire, 85. 
Turpitudo, -irxis, r. [TARC- 

(TARP-), TREP-], ugliness; 

disgrace, dishonor, 27. 
Turris, -is, r. [TVR-], tower, 12, 

30, 33. 
Tutus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of tueor), 

well guarded; safe, secure, 5, 28. 

U. 

Ubi, rel. adv. [CA-, CI-], iii which 
place; where, 8, 36; lohen, as 

_ soon as, 6, 8, 9, 10, 19, 25, 30, 31. 

Ullus, -a, -um, gen. ullius, dim. 
adj. [2 I-], a7iy one (at all), any, 
11, 15, 25; w. negative expres- 

_ sion. 

Una, adv. (abl. f. of tinus) [2 I-], 
in one and the same place; at 
the same time, together, 16, 17, 
24, 28, 29 ; foil, by cum. and abl. 

Un-decimus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-; 
DEC-], eleventh, 23. 

Undi-que, adv. [CA-, CI-], 
whencesoever ; from every quar- 
ter, from all sides, 6, 10. 

Unelli, -orum, m., tribe in Nor- 
mandy , 34. 



Uni • versus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-; 
VERT-], turned into one; whole, 
all, in a mass, 33. 

ijnus, -a, -um, gen. -lus, num. adj. 
[2 I-], one, 2, 5, 6, 29, 31, 34; 
one, one and the same, 3, 5, 19, 
20 ; common, one alone, 4, 22 ; 
alone, only, 33 ; a, 25. 

Urgeo, 2, ursi, — [ VERG-, VRG-], 

^press, press hard, 25, 26. 

Usus, -us, M. [1 AV-], using; 
practice, experience, 20 ; use, ad- 
vantage, 9, 12. 

Ut or Uti, conj. [CA-, CI-], in 
what manner ; as, 1, 7, 11, etc., w. 
indie. ; in order that, that, to, 2, 8, 
9, etc. ; that, so that, 3, 4, 5, etc. 

Uter • que, -traque, -trumque, 
gen. utriusque, pron. [CA-, CI-], 
both one and the other ; each of 

__ tivo, both, 8, 16, 25. 

Utor, 3, usus [1 AV-], use, make 
use of, employ, have, 3, 7, 10, 25, 
28 ; use, practise, 14, 28 ; enjoy, 
maintain, 32 ; w. abl. 



Vacuus, -a, -um, adj., empty, clear, 

free, unoccupied ; w. ab and abl., 

12. 
Vadum, -T, n. [BA-, VA-], place 

through which one can go ; ford, 

crossing, 9. 
Valeo, 2, -ui, -itiirus, be strong, 

have influence, 4, 17. 
Vallum, -1, N. [1 VEL-, VAL-], 

earthen wall ; earth-ioorlcs, ram- 

part, 5, 30, 33. 
Varius, -a, -um, adj., spotted; 

changing, different, 22. 



YOCABULAEY. 



123 



Vasts, 1, make empty ; lay loaste, 
ravage. Cf. populor, depopulor. 

Velocasses, -um, m., one of the 
minor Belgian tribes, 4. 

Ven • do, 3, -did! (-ditum) [1 DA-], 
place for sale ; sell^ 33. 

Venelli, see Unelli. 

Veneti, -orum, m., tribe of Bre- 
tagne, 34. 

Venio, 4, veni, ventum [BA-, YA-, 
VEN-], come, approach, 2, 3, 5, 
etc. 

Verbum, -i, n. [YER-], that 
spoken; word, discourse, inter- 
cession, 14. 

Vereor, 2 [1 VEL-, YER-], feel 
aice ; fear, be afraid, 11. 

Vergo, 3, — , — [YERG-], beiid, 
incline, 18. 

Vero, adv. (abl. n. of verus) 
[YER-], in truth, in fact, but, 
hoicever, 2, 27, 31. 

VeromanduT, -orum, m., Gallic 
tribe in modern Ficardy, 4, 16, 
23. 

Verso, 1 [YERT-], keep turning ; 
pass., be engaged in, be occupied 
about, 24 ; dwell, remain, be, 1, 
26. 

Vesper, -eri or -eris, m., evening, 
nightfall, 33. 

Vets, 1, -111, -itum [YET-], leave 
in old state ; advise against, for- 
bid, 20. 

Vexillum, -i, n. [YAG-, YEH-], 
military ensign, banner, flag, 20. 

VexS, 1^[YAG-, YEH-], keep car- 
rying; harass, overrun, 4. 

Victor, -5ris, m. [YIC-], con- 
queror, victor, 28 ; in appos. con- 
quering, victorious, 24. 



Vicus, -T, M., row of hoitses ; vil- 
lage, hamlet, 7. 

Video, 2, vidi, visum [YID-], see, 
perceive, 12, 19 ; see, know, 5, 
10, 24, 25, 26, 30, 31, w. ace. and 
iiifin. ; pass., seem, appear, 11, 16, 
18, 28, 33 ; seem good, seem best, 
20. 

Vigilia, -ae, r., being aimke; 
watch, night-watch, 11, 33. 

Vimen, -inis, n. [YI-, YIC-], 
means of binding ; ivilloio, loithe, 
icicker-work, 33. 

VincS, 3, vici, vTctum [YIC-], con- 
quer, dffeat, 28. Cf. supero. 

Vinea, -ae, jf. [YI-, YIC-], sheltrr 
for vines ; covered shed, movable 
shelter, 12, 30. 

Vinum, -1, N. [YI-, YIC-], wine, 15. 

Vir, viri, m., male, man, 25, 33. 

Virtus, -litis, r., manhood; brav- 
ery, valor, 4, 8, 15, 21, 24, 27, 31, 
33. 

Vis, vim, vT, r., strength, power, 
30. 

VitS, 1, shun, try to 'escape, avoid, 
25. 

Vix, adv. [YIC-], with effort; 
barely, scarcely, hardly, 28. 

Voluntas, -atis, f. [YOL-], idll, 
wish, desire, 4. 

VSx, vocis, r. [YOG], that which 
calls out ; voice, utterance, 13, 30. 

VulgS (volgS), adv. (abl. of vul- 
gus) [YERG-, YALG-], among 
thepeople ; generally, commonly, 
1. 

VulnerS, 1 [2 YEL-, YOL-], 
ivound, injure, 25. 

Vulnus, -eris, n. [2 YEL-, YOL-], 
ivoicnd, hurt, 23, 25, 27. 



ETYMOLOGICAL YOOABULARY. 



The relation in meaning of some of the words in certain groups to the root is 
sometimes obscure or even impossible to be traced with absolute certainty. Some- 
times the relation is obscured by the omission in this vocabulary of an interlinking 
word, because it does not occur in the text. Let us take an example close at hand, the 
root AID- aud the noun aestuarium. The notion *' inlet " seems very remote from 
the notion "burn." But aestuarium is formed from aestus (for aedtus), the 
first meaning of which is the raging of fire, waves or hillows of heat. As we might 
expect, a secondary meaning is, the raging of water, waves, hilloioSy in the proper 
sense. From the force of the suffix -arium, aestuariuixi should mean a sea- 
marsh, ov a tract overflowed at high tide; and from this the notion "inlet," the 
place through which the tide rushes, comes naturally enough. 



1. AC-, sharp, pierce. 
Acies, edge, line of battle. 
Prae-acutus, sharpened at the 

point. 
Acr-iter, sharply. 
Acervus, heap. 
Co • acervo, heap up. 

2. AC-, swift. 
Eques, horseman. 
Equester, of horsemen. 
Equitatus, cavalry. 

AG-, drive. 
Ago, drive, lead. 
Co 'go [for cowago']^ drive to- 
gether, compel. 
Red'igo, drive back, reduce. 
Ager, land. 

Agmen, marching column. 
Ignis, fire. 
Ex-agito, harass. 
12.5 



AID-, burn. 
Aedi • ficium [from aedes^ hearth']^ 

building. 
Aestas [for atd-tds']^ summer. 
Aestuarixiin [for aid't-^^ inlet. 

1. AL-, AR-, feed, grow, raise. 
Altus, high. 

Altitudo, height. 
Arduus, steep. 
Arbor, tree. 

2. AL- (ALL), other, strange. 
Alius, other. 

Alias, at some other time. 
Alienus, another's. 
Al'iter, other- wise. 
Alter, the other (of two). 

AM-, love. 
Amicus, friend. 
Amicitia, friendship. 
In'imicus, unfriendly, hostile. 



126 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



AN-, breathe. 
Animus, spirit. 
Ex-animo, make breathless. 
Onus (as the cause of panting), 
weight. 

ANA-, pronominal stem, third 

person. 
In, in, into. 
Inter, between. 
Inter • ea, meanwhile. 
Inter -im, meanwhile. 
Interior [compar. of obs. interus'], 

inner. 
Intra, within. 
Intro, enter. 
?Ille [old form ollus, from o?io/ms], 

that one. 

ANT-, before, against. 
Ante, before, formerly. 
Antiquitus, of old. 

AP-, 0P-, lay hold of work, 
help. 
(Ops), aid. 
Opus, work. 
Opera, exertion, service. 
C * opia [for com • opia^, supply. 
Co-epi [for com -ajo/o], begin. 
Optimus, best. 
Omnis [for apnis'], all. 
OpiniS, impression. 

APA-, away, from, 
Ab, from, by. 
Ap'ud, among. 
Ob, against. 



AR-, fit. 
Armo, arm. 
Arma, arms. 
Armatura, equipment. 
In • ermis, unarmed. 

ARC-, shut in, keep off. 
Exercitus, army. 
Ex • ercitatus, trained. 

1. AY-, mark, desire, delight. 
Audeo, dare. 
Audac'ter, boldly. 

Utor [for avior^, use. 
Usus, use, experience. 
In • usitatus, unusual. 
In • utilis, useless. 
Neg • otium [for nee • a v^i'wm], busi- 
ness. 

2. AY-, mark, notice. 
Audio, hear. 

Ex -audio, overhear. 

AVG-, grow. 
Auctoritas, power. 
Auxilium, aid. 

BA-, YA-, VEN-, go. 
Ar • bitror [for ad • 6a ^ro?-], believe. 
Du • bits, doubt, hesitate. 
Vadum, ford. 
VeniS, come. 
Ad-ventus, arrival. 
Circum • venio, outflank. 
Con-venio, meet. 
De • venio, come to. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



127 



E-ventus, outcome. 
In-venio, find. 
Ob • venio, fall iii with. 
Per-venio, arrive at. 

CA-, CI-, pronominal stem, 
who. 
Qui, who. 

Qui •• dam, a certain one. 
Qui-dem, certainly. 
Quin [for qui-nel^ but that. 
Qua, where. 
Quo, whither. 
Quod, because. 
Quis, who ? 
Qui -nam, who, pray ? 
Quisquam, any. 
Ne ' qu-T • quam, in vain. 
Quis • quis, whoever. 
Quis • que, each one. 
Quo -que, also. 
Cum (quom), when. 
Quam, than. 
Quam -VIS, how-so-ever. 
Post -quam, after. 
Prius-quam, sooner than. 
Quantus, how great. 
Que, and. 
Ita- que, and so. 
Ne*que, and not. 
Ubi [for quo • hi], where. 
Undi • que [for cunde • que], from 
all sides. 

CeterT, the others. 
Cis, this side of. 
Citerior, hither. 
Citra, this side of. 



Ut or Uti [for cuti or quotl], as, 

in order that. 
Uter-que [for qiioter- que] ^ each.. 
Ne-uter, neither. 

Coti • die, daily. 
Hi • [for III ' ce], this. 
Nun- c [for num • ce], now. 
Si-Q [for SI' ce], so. 

CAD-, fall. 

Cado, fall. • 

Ac'cido (ado-), befall. 

In • cido, happen. 

Cadaver, dead body. 

Casus, happening. 

Oc" casus (obo-), setting. 

Cedo, give way. 

Ac-cedo (adc-), approach. 

Dis • cedo, depa^rt. 

Dis • cessus, departure. 

Ex • cedo, withdraw from. 

Inter -cedo, intervene. 

Pro • cedo, advance. 

Sue -cedo (subc-), approach. 

Sue -cessus (subc-), close ap- 
proach. 

Ar-cess5 [for ad-cedso], sum- 
mon. 

1. CAL-, CAR-, call. 
Con • cilium, meeting. 
Clamor, shouting. 

2. CAL-, SCAL-, cover, hide. 
Oc'cultus (obc-), hidden. 
Galea, helmet. 

Domi • cilium, dwelling-place. 
Celo, hide. 



128 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



CAP-, take, hold. 
Ac-cipio (adc-), receive. 
In • cipio, begin. 
Inter -cipio, intercept. 
Re • cipio, receive. 
Captivus, captive. 

Oc • cupo (obc-), take into pos- 
session. 
Caput, head. 
Prae • ceps, headlong. 
Prin • ceps, leader. 

CAR-, SCAR-, hard, scrape. 
Cortex, bark. 
Cornu, horn, wing. 

CAV-, watch. 
Causa, cause. 
In • cuso, accuse. 

CEL-, CER-, strike, drive. 
Gladius [for cladius'] , sword. 
Celeritas, swiftness. 
Celer'iter, swiftly. 
Pro • cul, at a distance. 
Cursus, running. 
Con • curro, run together. 
De • curro, run down. 
Oc* curro (obc-), meet. 
Ex • cursio, sally. 

CEN-, hundred. 
Centum, hundred. 
Centurio, centurion. 
Du • centi, two hundred. 
Quadrin • genti, four hundred. 
Quin • genti, five hundred. 
Sex • cent!, six hundred. 



1. CER-, CRE-, make. 
Creber, numerous. 
Corpus, body. 

2. CER-, CRE-, part. 
De • cerno, decide upon. 
De • cert 6, fight decisively. 
Certus, sure. 

CI-, rouse. 
In • cito, urge on. 
SoUi • cito (soli-), stir up. 

CLI-, lean. 

Cle • mentia, mildness. 

Ad-clivis (ace-), sloping up- 
ward. 

Ad -cli vitas (ace-), upward 
slope. 

De • cli vis, sloping downward. 

CRAT-, faith. 
Cre • do, [for crat • do']^ believe. 
In • ere * dibilis [for in • crat • di- 

bins'], incredible. 

CVR-, CIR-, curve. 
Circum, around. 
Circi • ter, about. 
Circu • itus, circumference. 
Cruciatus, torture. 

1. DA-, give. 
Do, give. 
De • do, give up. 

De • diticius, one who has sur- 
rendered. 
De'ditio, surrender. 
E • ditus [P. of e • do], rising. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY, 



129 



Red • do, give back. 

Tra • do [for trans • c/o], give over. 

Ven • do [for venuni * c/cJ], sell. 

2. DA-, put. 
Ab • d5, hide. 
Cre • do, believe. 

In • ore • dibilis, incredible. 
Man • do, commission. 

3. DA-, pronominal stem, third 
person. 

I • dem, the same. 

Qui • dam, a certain one. 

Qui • dem, indeed. 

Tot • idem, just as many. 

DEC", ten. 

Decern, ten. 

Decimus, tenth. 

Decumanus (deci-) , of the tenth 
(cohort), in the phrase, porta 
decumdna, the main entrance 
to a Roman camp. 

Un • decimus, eleventh. 

Duo • decimus, twelfth. 

Quin • decim, fifteen. 

Die-, DIG- (DAC-), show, 
point. 
DTco, say. 
Doceo, teach. 
lu • dico, judge. 
(Dicio), control. 
Con -dicio, condition. 

DIV-, DI-, DIAY-, shine. 
Divinus, divine. 



Dies, day. 

Coti • die, daily. 

Postri • die [torposterodie'], next 

day. 
Tri • duum, three days' time. 
Dum [for dium'], while. 
Non • dum, not yet. 
Diu, for a long time. 
luvo, [for c?/muo], aid. 
Ad • iuvo, aid. 

DOM-, build. 
Domus, home. 

Domi • cilium, dwelling-place. 
Domesticus, of home. 

DVA-, DYI-, apart, two. 
Duo, two. 

Duo • decimus, twelfth. 
Duo • de • viginti, eighteen. 
Du • bito, doubt, hesitate. 
Du • centi, two hundred. 
Du • plex, two-fold. 
Bellum [for duellum], war. 

DVC-, lead. 
Dux, leader. 
Duco, lead. 
Ad • duco, bring to. 
Con • duco, gather. 
De • duco, lead off. 
E • duco, lead out. 
In • duc5, cover. 
Intro • duco, lead in. 
Ob • duc5, extend. 
Re • duco, lead back. 
Tra • duco [for trans * ducol^ lead 
across. 



130 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



EM-, take. 
Emo, buy. 
Ex • imius, excellent. 
Su • mo [for sub • iiiw'], take. 

ES-, be, live. 
Sum [for esum]^ be. 
Ab • sum, be away. 
De • sum, be lacking. 
Inter • sum, be between. 
Prae • sum, command, 
Super • sum, survive. 

EAC-, put, make. 
Facio, do. 

Fio, passive of facio^ become. 
Con • ficio, accomplish, wear out. 
De • ficio, fail. 
Ef-fici5, bring about. 
Inter • ficio, kill. 
Pate • facio, throw open. 
Prae • ficio, place in command. 
Pro • ficiscor, put one's self for- 
ward, set out. 
Pro • fecti5, setting out. 
Facilis, easy. 
Facile, easily. 
Aedi • ficium, building. 
Ampli • fico, enlarge. 
Dif -ficilis (disf-), difficult. 
Dif -ficultas (disf-), difficulty. 
Facultas, opportunity. 
Male -ficium, outrage. 
Signi-fico, announce. 
Signi • ficatio, signal. 

EEN-, EEND-, strike. 
De • fendo, ward off, defend. 



De • fensio, defence. 
De'fensor, defender. 

1. EER-, bear. 
Fero, bear, 

Ad • fero (aff-) , bring to. 

Con • fero, bring together. 

De • fero, carry. 

In • fero, bring upon. 

Of -fero (obf-), carry. 

Per • fero, endure. 

Prae * fero, place before, out-do. 

Re • fero, bring back. 

Fertilitas, fertility. 

Ferax, fertile. 

Fors, chance. 

Fortuna, fortune. 

Signi • fer, standard-bearer. 

2. EER-, ERE-, hold, fix. 
Fere, almost. 

Con-firmo, give assurance, re- 
assure. 
Fortis [f or /orciis], brave. 
Fort • iter, bravely, 

1. EID-, ETD-, bind, trust. 
Fides, faith. 

Con • fido, trust. 

2. EID-, split. 
Finis \ioT Jidnis]^ limit. 
Finitimus, neighboring. 
Ad'fTnitas, connection by mar- 
riage. 

ELAG-, ELIG-, strike. 
Con • fligo, contend with. 
Pro • flig5, defeat. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



131 



1. FVG-, FRVG-, use, enjoy. 
Frumentum [for frug imentum']^ 

grain. 
Frumentarius, of grain. 

2. FVG-, bend, flee. 
Fuga, flight. 
Fugio, flee. 

Pro • fugi5, flee. 

FVR-, FERV-, rage, swell. 
Furor, frenzy. 
?Frons, front. 

GEN-, GN-, GNA-, beget. 
Nascor (gn-), arise. 
E • nascor, grow out. 
Natus, birth. 
Natio, nation. 
Natura, nature. 
Pro • gnatus, sprung from. 

GER-, carry. 
Gero, carry on. 
Ag • ger (adg-) , mound. 

GNA-, GNO-, know. 
Nam, for. 
Navo [for gndvo']^ perform with 

knowledge and zeal. 
Co • gnosco, learn. 
Nobilitas, high birth. > 
Nomen, name. 
Nominatim, by name. 
Nomino, mention. 

GRAD-, walk. 
Ad-gredior (agg-), attack. 
Con • gredior, meet. 
E • gredior, go from. 
In • gredior, enter. 



Pro • gredior, advance. 
Trans • gredior, cross. 

HAB-, have. 
Habeo, have. 

De • beo [for de • hiheo'] , owe to. 
Prae • beo [iorprae • /ii'6eo], furnish. 
Pro • hibeo, restrain. 

HAM-, man. 
Homo, man. 
Ne • mo [for ne • homo'], nobody. 

HTM-, cold. 
Hiemo, pass the winter. 
Hibernus [for hiemernus], of 

winter. 
Hibernacula, winter quarters. 

1. I-, AI-, go. 

Ad • eo, approach. 

Ad • itus, approach. 

Cirou • itus [for circum • itus'], cir- 
cumference. 

Ex • eo, go forth, set out. 

In • eo, enter upon. 

In-itium, beginning. 

Ob • itus, destruction. 

Red-eo, return. 

Sub • eo, approach closely. 

Sub • ito, suddenly. 

Trans • eo, cross. 

Iter, route. 

Aetas [for aeyzVas], age. 

From iter is the adv., ending -iter 
or -ter, as in aequdl'iter for 
aequale • iter, al • iter, auddc * - 
tery celer * iter, circi • ter, dili- 
gent ' (t)er, fort ' iter, len ' iter, 
in' diligent' {t)er. 



132 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



2. I-, AI-, pronominal stem, 
third person, demonstrative. 

Is, this one. 

E5, there. 

Inter • ea, meanwhile. 

Inter -im, meanwhile. 

Post • ea, afterwards. 

Propter • ea, for the reason (that). 

I • dem, the same. 

Iden • t • idem [for idem • et • 
idem']^ again and again. 

I-pse, self. 

Ibi, there. 

Inde, thence. 

De-inde, thereupon. 

Ita, thus. 

Ita • que, therefore. 

Item, likewise. 

?I-doneus, suitable. 

Unus [for oenus~\^ one. 

Una, together. 

Uni* versus, all. 

Un • decimus, eleventh. 

Ullus [for unulus']^ any. 

Nullus [for ne * unulus'], none. 

NonnuUus, some. 

Non \_ne'oenuj7i (unum)^-) i^o^* 

Non • dum, not yet. 

IA-, IAC-, go, send. 
lacio, throw. 
Ad • icio, hurl. 
Circ'um * icio, place around. 
Con icio, hurl. 
De • icio, throw down from. 
De-iectus, slope. 
Inter • icio, place between. 



Pro • icio, hurl. 
Re • icio, hurl back. 
laceo, lie. 

IC-, AIC-, like. 
Aequal • iter, evenly. 
Ad • aequo, equal. 
In • iquus, unfavorable. 
In • iquitas, inequality. 

IV-, IVG-, bind, yoke. 
lugum, ridge. 
Con • iungo, join together. 
Cunctus [for con * iunctus'], all. 
lus, right. 
lustitia, justice. 
Con • iuro, conspire. 
In-iuria, wrong. 
lu • dico, judge. 
lube 6, order. 
luxta [for iugista] , close by. 

LAG-, loose. 
Re-languesco, lose energy. 
Lassitude, exhaustion. 
Laxo, widen. 

1. LEG-, LIG-, gather. 
De • ligo, choose. 

Di • ligen • ter [for dis • ligent • ter~\ , 

scrupulously. 
In • di • ligen • ter, carelessly. 
E-ligo, choose. 
Intel • lego, understand. 
Legio, legion. 
Legionarius, of a legion. 

2. LEG-, run, spring. 
Levis [for legvis']^ light. 
Levitas, lightness. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



133 



Longus, long. 
Longe, far. 

3. LEG-, lie, be fixed. 
Lex, law. 
Legatus, envoy. 
Legatio, embassy. 

LI-, pour, smear. 
Litter a, written character. 
De'leo, destroy. 

LIB-, desire. 
LTberi, children (the free). 
Liberal • iter, generously. 

LIC-, LIQY-, let, leave. 
Pol • liceor [for joro • liceor^, prom- 
ise. 
Re • linquo, leave behind. 
Re • iiquus, remaining. 

1. MA-, MAN-, measure. 
Manus, hand. 

Man 'do [for manus 'dd~\^ com- 
mission. 
Mani * pulus, handful, maniple. 
Man-suetud5, gentleness. 
Di • metior, measure out. 
Mos, custom. 

2. MA-, MAD-, measure, mod- 
erate. 

Modus, manner. 

Modo, only. 

Com mode (conm-), easily. 

Ad • com • modo (acconm), fit. 

MAC-, MAG-, big. 
Magis [for magius], more. 



Maxime, most. 
Magnus, great. 
Magnitudo, greatness. 
Maior [for magior']^ greater. 
Magistratus, office. 
Moieste, in a troublesome man- 
ner. 

Mx\L-, crush, grind. 
Male • ficium, outrage. 
Mulier, woman. 

1. MAN-, MEN-, man, mind, 
stay. 

Moneo, advise. 
De'monstro, point out. 
Cle • mentia, kindness. 

2. MAN-, MI-, small, less. 
Minor, smaller. 

Minus, less. 

Minime, least. 

Ad • ministro, execute. 

MIL-, associate. 
Mille, thousand. 
Miles, soldier. 
MHitaris, of war. 

MIS-, wretched. 
Miser, wretched. 
Miseri • cordia, pity. 

MIT-, send, throv/. 
Mitto, send. 
Amitto, lose. 

Com • mitt5 (conm-), join to- 
gether. 
Di • mitto, despatch. 
E • mitto, let fly. 



134 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULAEY. 



Inter • mittS, halt. 

Intro • mitto, send in. 

O • mitto [for ob • mitto^ , neglect. 

Per • mitt5, grant. 

Prae • mitto, send in advance. 

Re • mitto, send back. 

Bub • mitto, send as aid. 

1. MV-, MOV-, move. 
Move5, move. 

Com • moved, startle. 
Per'moveo, rouse. 
Pro • moveo, move forv^ard. 
Mobilitas, nimbleness. 
Com • mutatio, change. 

2. MY-, shut, fasten. 

Com -munis (conm-), common. 

Moenia, walls. 

Munio, fortify. 

Circum • muni5, blockade. 

Munimentum, fortification. 

Munitio, fortification. 

Murus [old moerus']^ wall. 

NA-, no. 
Ne, that not, lest. 
Ne • que, and not. 
Ne • ve or Neu, and that not. 
Ni • hil, nothing. 
Ni • si [for 7ie • si'] , if not. 
N6n [tor ne ' oenum (ununi)~\^ not. 
Non • dum, not yet. 
Quin [for qui • we J, but that. 

1. NEC-, NOC-, kill, hurt. 
Inter • necio, annihilation. 
Nox, night. 
Noctu, by night. 



2. NEC-, bind. 
Necessitas, necessity. 
Necessarius, necessary. 

NV-, now (pronominal stem). 

Noster, our. 

Nunc [for num * ce], now. 

Novus, new, fresh. 

Nuntius [for noventius, from obs. 
noved, from novus~\y messen- 
ger. 

Nuntio, report. 

Re • nuntio, report. 

0L-, OR-, grow, rise. 
Orior, arise. 
Ad • orior, assault. 
Ordo, order. 

PA-, feed. 
Pater, father. 
Patrius, ancestral. 
Pabulum, fodder. 

PAC-, PAG-, PYG-, fix, peg. 
Pax, peace. 
Paco, subdue. 

Pugno, fight. 

Ex-pugno, storm. 

Op • piigno (obp-) , assault. 

Op'piignatio (obp-), assault. 

Pro • pugno, defend. 

PAL-, PEL-, PVL-, drive, scat- 
ter. 
Pello, drive. 

Adpello (app-), accost. 
Com- pello (conp), drive to- 
gether. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



135 



Ex'pello, drive out. 
Impello (inp-), incite. 
Re • pello, drive back. 

1. PAK-, POR-, PER-, through, 
far, reach, try. 

Par, equal. 

Per, through. 

Ex • perior, test. 

Periclitor, test. 

PerTculum, danger. 

Porta, gate. 

Porto, bear. 

Op-portunus (obp-), suitable. 

Paulis • per, for a short time. 

2. PAR-, POR-, part, breed. 
Paratus, ready. 

Com • paro (conp-), get ready. 
Pro • pero, hasten. 
Im-perator (inp-), commander. 
Im'pero (inp-), command. 
Im-perium (inp-), command. 
A • pertus [for ab -partus']^ open. 
Re • perio, find. 
Pars, portion. 
Partim, partly. 

O-portet [ior oh'portet']^ is nec- 
essary. 

PARC-, PLEC-, bind, weave, 
fold. 

Du* plex, two- fold. 

Sup-plex (subp-), suppliant. 

Sup-plicatio (subp-), thanks- 
giving. 

Prope, near [with metathesis of 
r and change of c to p. Cf. 
roots SAC and SCAL]. 



Proximus \_superL of propior~\^ 

nearest. 
l^roxirae, last. 
Propinquus, near. 
Propinquitas, proximity. 
Ad • propinquo (app), approach. 
Propter, near, on account of. 
Propter • ea, for the reason (that) . 

1. PAT-, go. 
Passus, step. 
Pons, bridge. 

2. PAT-, PAD-, spread, open. 
Pateo, extend. 

Pate • facio, open. 
Pando, extend. 

PAV-, little. 
Paucus, few. 
Parvulus, slight. 
Paulum, a little. 
Paulo, a little. 
Paululum, very slightly. 
Paulatim, gradually. 
Paulis • per, for a short time. 

PED-, tread. 
Pes, foot. 
Pedes, foot-soldier. 
Pedester, of infantry. 
Ex • peditus, unemcumbered. 
Im • pedio (inp-) , hinder. 
Im • pedimenta (inp-), baggage. 

Op • pidum [for ob-pediim]^ town. 
Op-pidanus (obp-), townsman. 

PET-, fly. 
Peto, seek. 
Impetus (inp-), charge. 



y^ 



136 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



PIS-, crush. 
Pilum [for jozs/m?«], spear. 
Primi • pilus, first centurion of 
the triarii. 

PLAT-, spread, flat. 
Latus [iox plains']^ side. 
Planities \ioT platnities]^ plain. 

PLE-, PLO-, PLV-, fill. 
Compleo (conp-), fill. 
Plerus • que, the most of. 
Plus, more. 
Plurimum, most. 
Com-plures (conp-), many. 

Mani • pulus, maniple. 
Am • plius, more. 
Ampli'fico, enlarge. 
?Pellis, skin. 
Populus, people. 
Publicus [for populicus]^ belong- 
ing to the state. 

PLV-, PLOV-, wash, flow. 
Ex • ploro [for ex-plovero'], recon- 
noitre. 
Ex • plorator, scout. 

POS-, behind. 
Post, after. 
Post • ea, afterwards. 
Post • quam, after. 
Postri • die [for postero die^ , next 
day. 

POT-, master. 
Potius, rather. 

Pos • sum [for potls sum'], be able, 
can. 



Potens, able. 
Potestas, power. 
Potior, gain. 
Im • petro (inp-), obtain. 

PREC-, pray. 
De • precor, petition against. 
Posco [for porcsco] , demand. 
Postulo, demand. 

PRO-, PRI-, PRAE-, before. 

Pro, before. 

Prior, preceding. 

Prius • quam, sooner than. 

Pris • tinus [for prius • tmus'] , for- 
mer. 

Primus, first. 

Primum, in the first place. 

Primo, in the first place. 

Prin • ceps[forprm/ • cejos], leader. 

Primi- pilus, first centurion of 
the triarii. 

Prae, before. 

RA-, join, count. 
Ratio, reason. 
Res, thing. 

RAP-, RVP-, snatch, break. 
Di • ripio [for dis • ripio]^ sack. 
B-ruptio, sally. 
Rupes, cliff. 

REG-, RIG-, stretch, guide. 
Por • rigo [for pro • re^o], stretch 

out. 
Regio, direction. 
Rex, ruler. 
Regnum, control. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULAKY. 



137 



1. SA-, SI-, sow, strow, sift. 
Pono [for port • {pro) sind~\^ place. 
De • pono, put off. 

Pro • p5no, display. 

2. SA-, SIM-, together, like. 
Singuli, one at a time. 
Singularis, extraordinary. 
Simul, at the same time. 
Con • similis, altogether like. 

3. SA-, pronominal stem. 
SI* c [for si-ce], so. 

I • pse, self. 

1. SAC-, SAG-, fasten. 
Sagittarius, archer. 
Saepes [with p for c] , hedge. 

2. SAC-, SEC-, SC1D-, CID-, 
split. 

Saxum, rock. 
Sectio, booty. 
Scientia, knowledge. 
Inter • scindo, cut off. 
Con-cid5, cut to pieces. 
In • cido, cut into. 
Oc • cido, kill. 

3. SAC-, show. 
Signum, signal. 

Signi • fer, standard-bearer. 
Signi-fioo, announce. 
Signi ♦ ficatio, signal. 
In • signe, sign. 

SAL-, SER-, save. 
Salus, safety. 
Solus, alone. 
Solum, only. 



Solli* cito (soli), stir up. 

Servo, keep. 

Con- servo, preserve. 

SCAD-, CAD-, cover. 
Castra, camp. 
Castellum, redoubt. 

SCAL-, SCAR- (with p for c, 
SPOL-), scrape. 

Calamitas, [for scalamitds'], dis- 
aster. 

De • spolio, deprive. 

?Populor, De * populor, ravage. 

SCAND-, climb. 
A-scendo (adsc-), mount. 
A'scensus (adsc-), ascent. 

SCARP-, SCALP-, cut, scratch. 
Scribo, write. 
Con • scribo, enroll. 
Prae • scribo, dictate. 

SCV-, CV-, cover, hide. 
Scutum, shield. 
Custodia, guard. 

SEC-, follow. 
Sequor, follow. 
Con • sequor, attain. 
In • sequor, follow up. 
Pro • sequor, pursue. 
Sub • sequor, follow closely. 
Secundus, favorable. 
Secundum, according to. 
Con- [for scom-^f with. 
Cum, with. 
Copia [tor com' op i a] ^ supply. 



138 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



Con'tra, against. 
Con • trarius, opposite. 

SED-, SID-, sit. 
Pos • sideo [for pro • sideo]^ own. 
In-sidiae, stratagem. 
Ob • s6s, hostage. 
Prae * sidium, garrison. 
Sub • sidium, assistance. 
Super • sedeo, omit. 
Con-sido, settle. 

SEN-, old. 
Senator, elder, senator. 
Senatus, senate. 

SENT-, feel. 
Sententia, opinion. 
Con • sentio, agree. 
Con • sensus, agreement. 

1. SER-, SVAR-, string, bind. 
De • sero, abandon. 

Prae • sertim, especially. 
Servitus, slavery. 

2. SER-, SVAL-, bright. 
Sol, sun. 

Silva, forest. 
Silvestris, wooded. 

1. SMAR-, MAR-, think. 
Mora, delay. 

Moror, delay. 

Memoria, remembrance. 

Com • memoro (conm-) , mention. 

2. SMAR-, MER-, ascribe. 
Meritum, merit. 
Mercator, trader. 



SOVO-, SVO-, own. 
Sui, of himself, etc. 
Suus, his, etc. 

Con • suesco, be accustomed. 
Con • suetudo, custom. 
Man • suetudo, gentleness. 

Sed, but. 
?Si, if. 

?Si'ne, without. 
?Ni • si, if not. 

SPA-, PA-, draw, stretch. 
Spatium, space. 
Spes, hope. 
De • spero, give up hope. 

?Stude6, strive after. 
?Studium, eagerness. 

SPEC-, see, spy. 
Con • spicio, espy. 
Per • spicio, ascertain. 
Re • spicio, look back. 
Ex • specto, await. 
Con • spicor, espy. 
Species, form. 
Speculator, spy. 
Con-spectus, sight. 
De • spectus, view downward. 
Pro • spectus, view forward. 

STA-, stand, set. 
Con • stanter, uniformly. 
In • sto, press forward. 
Prae'sto, excel, show. 
Con • sisto, take position. 
De • sisto, stop. 
In • sisto, take a stand. 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



139 



Re • sisto, resist. 
Statuo, determine. 
Con* stituo, determine. 
Statim, at once. 
Static, picket. 
Statura, stature. 

STER-, STRA-, STLA-, strow, 
spread. 
Latus [old, stidtus'], broad. 
Latitude, width. 

STRY-, spread, heap. 
Ex • stnio, erect. 
In*stru6, arrange. 

1. TA-, TEN-, stretch. 

Pris • tinus [for prius • tinus'jy for- 
mer. 

Pro • tinus, at once. 

Tener, tender. 

Teneo, hold. 

Con • tineo, restrain, keep. 

Dis'tineo, separate. 

Ob • tineo, hold. 

Per • tineo, extend to. 

Re -tineo, detain. 

Sus'tineS [for subs'tined']^ sus- 
tain. 

Sus • tento [for subs • tentd'] , hold 
out. 

Tendo, stretch. 

Con • tendo, hasten. 

?Tempus, time. 

2. TA-, pronominal stem, third 
person, demonstrative. 

Tam, so. 
Tantus, so great. 



Tantulus, so trifling. 
Tamen, still. 
Tot • idem, just as many. 
Turn, then. 

Also the final element in au • tern, 
au 't^ I' ta, I' ta' que, u ' t. 

TAG-, touch, seize. 
At- tingo (adt-), touch. 
Red - in • tegro, renew. 

TARC- (TARP-), TREP-, turn, 
twist. 
Tormentum, engine for hurling. 
Turpitude, disgrace. 
Trabs, beam. 

TEC-, TAX-, weave, arrange. 
In • texo, weave in. 
Telum (for teclum), spear. 

TEM-, TAN-, cut. 
Con - temptus, contempt. 
Con - tiunelia, insult. 

TER-, TREM-, TERS-, shake, 
scare. 
De • terreo, prevent. 
Per • terreo, thoroughly frighten. 
Terror, fright. 

TV-, TYM-, TAY-, TO-, swell. 
Tumulus, mound. 
Tumultus, uproar. 
Totus, whole. 

TYR-, harry, crowd. 
Per • turbo, throw into confusion. 
Pro • turbo, drive off. 
?Turris, tower. 



140 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



VAG-, VEH-, move, carry. . 
Vexillum, flag. 
Vexo, harass. 

1. VEL-, VAL-, VER-, cover, 
guard. 

Vallum, rampart. 
Inter • vallum, distance. 
Vereor, fear. 

2. VEL-, VOL-, tear, pluck. 
Vulnus, wound. 
Vulnero, wound. 

VER-, say. 
Verbum, word. 
Vero, in truth. 

VERG-, VRG-, VALG-, slope, 
press. 
Vergo, incline. 
Urgeo, press. 
Vulgo (volgo), generally. 

VERT-, turn. 
A • verto, turn away. 
Con-verto, turn around. 
Re* verto, return. 
Re • vertor, return. 
Verso, turn about, pass, dwell. 
Ad • versus, opposite. 
Di • versus, turned away. 
Intr-orsus [for intrd -versus'], 

within. 
R • ursus [for re ' vorsus], again. 
Trans * versus, at right-angles. 
Uni • versus, all. 



VET-, VIT-, year, old. 
In • veterasco, grow old in. 
Veto, forbid. 

VL, VIC-, twine. 
Vinea, covered shed. 
Vinum, wine. 
Vimen, willow, withe. 

VIC-, conquer. 
Vinco, conquer. 
Victor, victorious. 
Pro • vincia, province. 
Vix, barely. 

VID-, see. 

Video, see. 

In • video, envy. 

Pro • video, procure. 

Pru'dentia [for pro - videntia'], 
wisdom. 

Im'pro-viso (inp-), unexpect- 
edly. 

VIR-, man. 
Vir, man. 
Virtus, valor. 

VOC-, VAG-, call. 
Con • voco, call together. 
Re • voco, call back. 
Vox, voice. 

VOL-, will, wish. 
Voluntas, wish. 

N • 616 [for ne ' volo], be unwilling. 
Quam'vis, howsoever. 



1 



ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY. 



141 



At, but. 

r At -que, and. 

lAc, 
Et, and. 
Etiam, even. 
Ad, to. 
Ap'ud, among. 

Ex, E, from, out of. 
Extremus, furthest. 

Locus [for stlocusly place. 
Con -loco (coll-), place. 

Multus, much. 
Multitudo, large number. 



Proelium, battle. 
Proelior, fight. 

Superior, higher. 

Sununus [for supimus], highest. 

Supra, above. 

Supero, overcome. 

Tardus, slow. 
Tardo, retard. 

Tres, three. 

Tri • duum, three dpys' time. 
Tribunus, military tribune. 
Tertius, third. 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 



'I Hen and Greenough's Latin Gram man 

For Schools and Colleges. Founded on comparative grammar, revised 
and enlarged by James Bradstreet Greenough assisted by George 
L. KiTTREDGE, Frofessors in Harvard University. Copvriolit Edition of 
1888. 12mo. Half leather, xiii -h 488 pages. Mailing Price, $1.30. Foi 
introduction, ^1.20. Allowance for an old book in exchange, 40 cents. 

nnO issue a new edition of such a book as this Latin Grammar 
was in a sense venturesome, for the book as it stood was giving 
excellent satisfaction. The hearty welcome accorded the revision 
has shown, however, that a great advance has been made where 
improvement was not generally considered possible. 

The aim was nothing less than this, — to make the grammar as 
perfect as such a book possibly can be. The latest conclusions of 
sound scholarship are presented, and everything is put in the best 
form for use. 

Some of the features of the new edition are its constant regard 
for the needs of the class-room; its combining scientific accuracy 
with clearness and simplicity of statement; the intelligibility and 
quotableness of the rules, secured without concessions to mechanical 
ways of treating grammar ; the addition of much new matter of 
great value ; the marking of all long vowels ; the increase of the 
number of illustrative examples ; the numerous cross references ; 
the excellence of the typography ; and the indexes, glossary, list of 
authors, and list of rules. 

In short, " the best has been made better." 

A FEW REPRESENTATIVE OPINIONS. 



Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale 
University : The steady advances in 
Latin scholarship during the last dec- 
ade, and the more practical exactions 
of the class-ioom, seem to me to be 
here amply recognized. At several 
points I notice that the essential 
facts of the language are stated with 
greater clearness, and that there is 



a richer suggcstiveness as to the ra- 
tionale of constructions. The book 
will thus be of quicker service to 
younger students, and a better equip- 
ment and stimulus to teachers and 
more advanced scholars. 

John K. Lord. Prof, of Latin, Dart- 
mouth College, Hanover, N.H. : It 



28 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 



is a great advance upon the former 
edition. Degrees of excellence are 
difficult to estimate, but it is safe to 
say the grammar is doubled in value. 
It has gained very much that was 
lacking before by way of illustration, 
and especially in fulness and clear- 
ness of statement. It represents the 
latest results of classical scholarship 
in a way that is intelligible to young 
students. 

Harold N. Fowler, Instructor in 
Latiny Phillips Exeter Academy : 
Allen & Greenough's Latin Gram- 
mar has always been the most sci- 
entific Latin grammar published in 
the United States. The new edi- 
tion has been revised in such a 
way as to retain the excellence of 
its predecessors and embody the re- 
sults of the latest researches. . . . The 
new edition is also greatly superior 
to the earlier ones in clearness of ex- 
pression and in the arrangement and 
appearance of the printed page. . . . 
In short, the book seems to me admir- 
ably adapted for use in schools and 
colleges, containing as it does all that 
the college youth needs, expressed in 
language which the school-boy can 
understand. 

John Tetlow, Head Master of Girls' 
High and Latin Schools^ Boston : 
The changes, whether in the direction 
of simplification, correction, or addi- 
tion — and there are numerous in- 
stances of each kind of change — 
seem to me distinctly to have im- 
proved a book which was already 
excellent. 

William C. Collar, Head Master 
of Roxhury Latin School, Boston: 
Up to the present moment I have 
been obliged to limit my examination 
of the revised edition of Allen & 
Greenough's Latin Grammar mainly 
to the Syntax, but for that I have 
only words of the heartiest praise. 



So far, its superiority to other Latin 
grammars for school use seems to me 
incontestable. I am also struck with 
the skill with which a multitude of 
additions and improvements have 
been wrought into this edition, with- 
out materially affecting the unity or 
symmetry of the original work. 

Franklin A. Dakin, Teacher of 
Latin, St, Johnsbury Academy, Vt. : 
During seven years' constant use in 
the class-room, I have always re- 
garded the Allen & Greenough as the 
best of the school grammars. . . . 
The improvements make the supe- 
riority more marked than ever. 

D. W. Abercrombie, Prin, of TTor- 
cester {Mass.) Academy : In my opin- 
ion, it has no equal among books on 
the same subject intended for use in 
secondary schools. 

J. W. Scndder, Teacher of Latin, 
Albany Academy, N. Y.: The changes 
will commend themselves to all good 
teachers. The grammar is now schol- 
arly and up to the times. It is by 
far the best grammar published in 
America for school work. 

W. B. Owen, Prof of Latin, Lafay- 
ette College, Easton, Pa, : I am much 
pleased with the changes. They are 
all improvements. 

George W. Harper, Prin. of Wood- 
ward High School, Cincinnati, O.: 
I thought Allen & Greenough's Latin 
Grammar could hardly be surpassed, 
but the revised edition is a decided 
improvement. 

Lucius Heritage, late Prof of 
Latin, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, 
Wis. : We have long used the old 
edition here ; the new edition I have 
examined with some care in the form 
of the bound volume as well as in 
the proof-sheets. I think it the best 
manual grammar for our preparatory 
schools and colleges. 



30 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 

The Beginner's Latin Book, 

Complete with Grammar, Exercises, Selections for Translating, and 
Vocabulary. 

By William C. Collar, A.M., Head Master Roxbury Latin School, and 
M. Grant Daniell, A.M., Principal Chauncy-Hall School, Boston. 
12mo. Cloth, xii + 283 pages. Mailing price, ^.10 ; for introduction, 
^1.00 ; allowance for an old book in exchange, 35 cents. 

IVrOW that the Beginner's Latin Book has been before the public 
nearly five years, the publishers are able to say without hesita- 
tion that it has been far more successful than any other introduc- 
tory Latin book ever published in this country. This remarkable 
result is due to a combination of excellences so skilfully blended 
that effects are more patent than causes. While the book may be 
used as an introduction to Caesar, it is more than this, — it is an 
introduction to Latin as a language. It prepares the student not 
only to begin the study of Caesar, but, with proper guidance, to 
make remarkably rapid and satisfactory progress in reading and 
Understanding Latin. The skill of the authors as teachers has 
enabled them to secure these larger results without deviation from 
the main line or increase of difficulties. The fundamental idea was 
to combine the utmost practice wath the minimum of theory, on 
the principle that a thorough acquisition of the elements of Latin 
by the young learner must be more a process than a science, more 
the work of observation, comparison, and imitation than the me- 
chanical following of rules or the exercise of analysis and conscious 
inductive reasoning. There are therefore abundant and varied 
exercises on the forms and more important constructions of the 
language. The skilful choice of words has made it possible to 
provide exercises that are in themselves interesting. The colloquia 
(simple Latin dialogues), the extracts for translation, introduced 
as early as possible, and the mode of treatment throughout are 
made to impart attractiveness, freshness, and variety, though there 
is no sacrifice of rigorous scientific method. Even if the time 
allowed for Latin the first year is quite limited, teachers may still 
be able to carry classes through the book by omitting certain de- 
tachable portions of the course. Provision has been made for the 
practical use of Latin in oral teaching. 

Note the testimony of those who have used it. 



34 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 



Allen & Greenough's New Ccesar, 

Seven Books, I/Iusfrafed, With six double-page colored maps. 

Edited by Prof. W. F. Ali.en, of the University of Wisconsin, J. H. 
Allen, of Cambridge, and H. P. Judson, Professor of History, Univer^ 
sity of Minnesota, with a special Vocabulary by Prof. J. B. Greenough, 
of Harvard College. 12mo. xxvi + 543 pages, red edges, bound in half" 
morocco. Mailing Price, $1.35; for introduction, $1.25; Allowance for 
an old book in exchange, 40 cents. 

A TTENTIO^ is invited to these features, which, with othei 
merits, have gained this edition an extraordinary success : — 

1. The judicious notes, — their full grammatical references, 
crisp, idiomatic renderings, scholarly interpretations of difficult 
passages, clear treatment of indirect discourse, the helpful maps, 
diagrams, and pictures ; in particular, the military notes, throw- 
ing light on the text, and giving life and reality to the narrative. 

2. The vocabulary, — convenient, comprehensive, and schol- 
arly, combining the benefits of the full lexicon with the advantages 
of the special vocabulary, and every way superior to the ordinary 
vocabulary^ 

3. The mechanical features of the volume, its clear type, con- 
venient size and shape, superior paper, and attractive binding. 

4. In general, this edition represents the combined work 
of several specialists in different departments, and so ought 
%o excel an edition edited by any single scholar. 

The Notes on the second book have just been rewritten to adapt 
them for those who begin Caesar with this book. Full grammati- 
cal references have been given. 



Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale 
College: With quite unusual satis- 
faction I have noticed the beautiful 
paper and type ; the carefully edited 
text ; the truly helpful notes, which 
neither tend to deaden enthusiasm 
with superfluous grammar, nor blink 
real difficulties; the very valuable 
illustrations and remarks on the 
Roman military art; and the schol- 
arly and stimulating vocabulary. 

John Tetlow, Prin, of Girls* High 
and Latin Schools, Boston : The 
clear type, judicious annotation, 



copious pictorial illustration, full 
explanation of terms and usages be- 
longing to the military art, and ex 
cellent vocabulary, combine to make 
this edition easily first among the 
school editions of Caesar. 

G. W. Shurtleff, Prof of Latin, 
Oherlin {Ohio) College: I do not 
hesitate to pronounce it the best edi- 
tion I have ever seen. 

J. L. Lampson, Teacher of Latin, 
State Normal College, Nashville^ 
Tenn.: It is the best Caesar pub* 
lished. 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 35 

Allen & Greenough's New Cicero, 

Thirteen Orations, Illustrated. 

Kdited by Prof. W. F. Allen, of the University of Wisconsin, J, H. 
Allen, of Cambridge, and Prof. J. B. Greenough, of Harvard Univer- 
sity. With a special Vocabulary by Professor Greenough. 12mo. Half- 
morocco. xix + 670 pages. Mailing Price, ^1.40; for introduction, $1.25; 
Allowance for an old book in exchange, 40 cents. 

nnmS edition includes thirteen orations arranged chronologi- 
cally, and covering the entire public life of Cicero. The intro- 
ductions connect the orations, and, with them, supply a complete 
historical stady of this most interesting and eventful period. The 
Life of Cicero, List of his Writings, and Chronological Table will 
be found of great value. The orations are : Defence of Hosdus, 
Impeachment of Yen-es (^The Plunder of Syracuse and Crucifixion 
of a Roman Citizen^, The Manilian Law, the four orations against 
Catiline, For Archias, For Sestius, For Milo, The Pardon of Mar- 
cellus. For Ligarius, and the Fourteenth Philippic. 

The notes have been thoroughly rewritten in the light of the 
most recent investigations and the best experience of the class- 
room. Topics of special importance, as, for instance, the Antiqui- 
ties, are given full treatment in brief essays or excursuses, printed 
in small type. References are given to the grammars of Allen & 
Greenough, Gildersleeve, and Harkness. 



A. E. Chase, Prin. of High School, 
Portland, Me.: I am full better 
pleased with it than with the others 
of the series, although I thought 
those the best of the kind. 

F. E. Eockwood, Prof. Latin, 
BiicJcnell University, Pa. : The work 
of editing seems to have been done 
with the utmost care. The result is 
a model text-book. 

0. D. Robinson, Prin. of High 
School, Albany, N. Y. : I find it a 
worthy companion, in every way, of 
its two predecessors, the Yirgil and 
the Caesar. I can say no more than 



this in its praise, for I have already 
spoken sincerely, in almost unquali- 
fied terms, of these two books. 

John L. Lampson, Prof, of Latin, 
State Normal College^ Nashville, 
Tenn. : The text, in appearance and 
authority, is the best; the notes, 
ample, judicious, modern ; the vocab- 
ulary is the best school-book vocab- 
ulary published. 

L. B. Wharton, Prof. Latin, Col- 
lege of William and Mary : It is the 
best school edition of Cicero's Ora- 
tions that I have ever seen. The vo- 
cabulary is admirable. 



Allen & Greenough's Cicero, uc oid Edition, 

Eight Orations and Notes, with Vocabulary. Mailing price, $1.25 : for 
introduction, $1.12. 



36 LATIK. 

Alle n and Greenough's New Ovid. 

Revised edition. Edited by Harold N. Fowler, Instructor in Latin 
in Phillips Exeter Academy ; with a special vocabulary by James B. 
Greenough, of Harvard University. 12mo. Half leather. Illustrated. 
I. With vocabulary, by mail, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 
II. Without vocabulary, by mail, $1.25; for introduction, $1.12. 
Allowances respectively 40 and 30 cents. 

rpHE editor believes that the poems of Ovid are, as regards both 
style and subject-matter, admirably adapted to serve as an 
introduction to the study of Latin Poetry. He has therefore fur- 
nished the book with copious notes suited to the needs of young 
students, supplemented with grammatical references and an intro- 
duction on the life and works of Ovid, and on mythology. 

The selections were chosen with a view to making the study of 
Latin interesting. Most of them are from the Metamorphoses, of 
which about one-third has been taken. By help of the argument, 
which is given in full, the editor has endeavored not merely to 
show the connection of the tales and the ingenuity of the transi- 
tions, — necessary to comprehend the poem as a whole, — but to 
put before the reader something like a complete picture of the 
Greek mythology, at least of those narratives which have held 
their permanent place in the modern mind and have entered more 
or less into every modern literature. 

The first eighty-eight lines of Book L have been omitted because 
of their difficulty and lack of interest. From the Fasti three selec- 
tions are given ; from the Heroides, one ; from the Amores, three ; 
from the Tristia, five ; and of the letters from Pontus, one. Special 
care has been taken to preserve the more interesting biographical 
hints of the lesser poems. 

Professor Greenough's vocabulary, similar in style and character 
to his Csesar, Cicero, and Virgil vocabularies, will doubtless be ready 
before the autumn of 1891. In the meantime Allen's Lexicon 
will fill its place. 



William A. Packard, Prof, of 
Latin, Princeton College : The abun- 
dant illustrations of mythology, now 
introduced, so specially appropriate 
and indeed necessary to the stu- 
dent's hest appreciation of these 
poems, make this book peculiarly 
attractive and useful. 



MaryS. Anthony, Teacher of Latin 
and Greek, Bradford Academy^ 
Mass.: I find that it is admirably 
arranged for a comprehensive study 
of the metamorphoses. I like, in 
fact, the entire Allen & Greenough 
series, and have introduced them 
into my work here in the Academy. 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 



37 



Greenough's VirgiL 



Fully annotated, for School and College Use, by J. B. Grebnough, oI 
Harvard University. Supplied in the following editions : — 

Mail. Intro. Allow. 
Price. Price. Old Book 

Bucolics, and Six Books of ^neid, with Vocab. . . • $1.75 $1.60 $0.40 

Bucolics, and Six Books of ^neid, without Vocab^ . . 1.25 1.12 

Bucolics, Georgics, and the -^neid complete, with Notes, 1.75 1.60 

Georgics, and last Six Books of ^neid, with Notes . .1.25 1.12 

Vocabulary to Virgil's Complete "Works i.io i.oo 

Complete Text of Virgil 85 .75 

/CONTAINING Life of the Poet, Introductions, 
preceding each Book, and an Index of Plants, 
illustrations from ancient objects of art. 

The text follows Ribbeck in the main, variations being noted in 
the margin ; and the references are to Allen & Greenough's, Gil- 
dersleeve's, and Harkness's Latin Grammars. 



a Synopsis 
Also full 



Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale 
College: The Vocabulary, both in 
plan and execution, is superior to 
any schoolbook vocabulary known 
to me. 

E. P. Crowell, Prof of Latin, 
Amherst College : In all respects a 
very scholarly and excellent edition. 



Jno. K. Lord, Prof of Latin, Dart- 
mouth College : The best school edi- 
tion of the works of Virgil with which 
I am acquainted. 

F. E. Lord, Prof of Latin, Welles- 
ley College : There is an admirable 
richness and appropriateness to the 
notes. 



Allen and Greenough's Latin Composition, 

An Elementary Guide to Writing in Latin. Part I., Constructions of 
Syntax; Part II., Exercises in Translation. 12mo. Cloth. 194 pages. 
Mailing price, $1.25; introduction, $1.12; allowance, 35 cents. 

rpHE special feature of the Composition is, that its instructions 
are given throughout from the English point of view. 



Allen & Greenough's Sallust 



The Conspiracy of Catiline as related by Sallust. With Introduction 
and Notes explanatory and historical. 12mo. Cloth. 96 pages. Mail- 
ing price, 65 cents ; for introduction, 60 cents. 



Allen & Greenough 's De Senectute. 



Cicero's Dialoo:ue on Old A,2:e. With Introduction (on the adoption in 
Rome of the Greek philosophy) and Notes. 12mo. Cloth. 67 pages. 
Mailing price, 55 cents ; for introduction, 50 cents. 



38 



LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 



Practical Latin Composition. 

By William C. Collar, A.M., Head Master of the Roxbury Latin 
School, Boston; Author of The Beginner's Latin Book and Collar's 
JEysenbach. 12mo, Cloth. x + 268 pages. Mailing Price, fLlO; Intro- 
duction, ^1.00; Allowance, 30 cents. 

rpHE book consists of two classes of exercises, all based on selec- 
tions from the Latin authors usually read in schools. 
The first exercise of each group contains easy sentences to be 
turned into Latin orally, — sentences involving the use of words, 
idioms, and constructions of the Latin text assigned for study in 
preparation. The second exercise consists of a short passage of con- 
tinuous English to be written out in Latin, based on the same Latin 
text as the preceding. The book contains all the selections upon 
which the exercises are based. Notes and occasional grammati- 
cal references accompany the exercises, and a carefully prepared 
Tocabulary is given at the end. 



J. B. Greenough, Prof, of Latin, 
Harvard University : Latin Compo- 
sition is a subject in which every 
teacher must make his own text- 
book, yet for all who cannot do this 
and for the rest who are glad of sug- 
gestions or material, Mr. Collar's 
book is invaluable. It has the right 
method carried out in the best 
manner. 

Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale 
College : The method of the book is 
certainly sound and in accordance 
with nature, and Mr. Collar has 
worked it out with great ingenuity 
and attractiveness. The editor's ripe 
scholarship and experience in the 
school-room greatly add to the scien- 
tific and practical value of the work. 

Harold N. Fowler, Latin Instruc- 
tor, Phillips Academy, Exeter, N.H. : 
The book ought to meet with a hearty 
welcome from teachers of Latin. 

J. D. Sewall, Thayer Academy, 
South Braintree, Mass. : Collar has 
done a fine thing in his Latin Com- 
position. We have given it to our 
junior class at once. 



Charles B. Goff , Prin. English and 

Classical ISchoul, Providence, E.I. : 
We have used Collar's Latin Compo- 
sition one year each with five classes, 
and with gratifying results. By the 
use of this book, boys study the text 
more critically, write more idiomatic 
Latin, and seem to enjoy the work 
which is usually dull in spirit and 
barren of fruit. {February, 1891.) 

P. S. Morrison, Classical Instruc- 
tor, Hartford High School: I have 
waited for it with impatience, and 
have expected to see the best book 
for this purpose in the English lan- 
guage. I am more than pleased with 
it, and my expectations are fully 
warranted. 

J. H. Kirkland, Prof, of Latin, 
Vanderhilt University, Nashville, 
Tenn. : I am delighted with it. It 
forms a fit continuation of Collar and 
Daniell's Beginner's Latin Book, and 
I feel that this is giving it high 
praise. With the introduction of 
these new text-books I look for a vast 
improvement in the classical teach* 
ing of our preparatory schools. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

Preservationlechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



